eric6/Documentation/Source/eric6.QScintilla.Editor.html

branch
maintenance
changeset 7286
7eb04391adf7
parent 7214
f434af227a41
parent 7278
1820a0344b62
child 7322
cd8ee889589f
equal deleted inserted replaced
7226:babe80d84a3e 7286:7eb04391adf7
16 16
17 a { color: #BA6D36; } 17 a { color: #BA6D36; }
18 18
19 </style> 19 </style>
20 </head> 20 </head>
21 <body><a NAME="top" ID="top"></a> 21 <body>
22 <a NAME="top" ID="top"></a>
22 <h1>eric6.QScintilla.Editor</h1> 23 <h1>eric6.QScintilla.Editor</h1>
24
23 <p> 25 <p>
24 Module implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE. 26 Module implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE.
25 </p> 27 </p>
26 <h3>Global Attributes</h3> 28 <h3>Global Attributes</h3>
29
27 <table> 30 <table>
28 <tr><td>EditorAutoCompletionListID</td></tr><tr><td>TemplateCompletionListID</td></tr> 31 <tr><td>EditorAutoCompletionListID</td></tr><tr><td>TemplateCompletionListID</td></tr>
29 </table> 32 </table>
30 <h3>Classes</h3> 33 <h3>Classes</h3>
34
31 <table> 35 <table>
36
32 <tr> 37 <tr>
33 <td><a href="#Editor">Editor</a></td> 38 <td><a href="#Editor">Editor</a></td>
34 <td>Class implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE.</td> 39 <td>Class implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE.</td>
35 </tr> 40 </tr>
36 </table> 41 </table>
37 <h3>Functions</h3> 42 <h3>Functions</h3>
43
38 <table> 44 <table>
39 <tr><td>None</td></tr> 45 <tr><td>None</td></tr>
40 </table> 46 </table>
41 <hr /><hr /> 47 <hr />
48 <hr />
42 <a NAME="Editor" ID="Editor"></a> 49 <a NAME="Editor" ID="Editor"></a>
43 <h2>Editor</h2> 50 <h2>Editor</h2>
51
44 <p> 52 <p>
45 Class implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE. 53 Class implementing the editor component of the eric6 IDE.
46 </p><h3>Signals</h3> 54 </p>
47 <dl> 55 <h3>Signals</h3>
56 <dl>
57
48 <dt>autoCompletionAPIsAvailable(bool)</dt> 58 <dt>autoCompletionAPIsAvailable(bool)</dt>
49 <dd> 59 <dd>
50 emitted after the autocompletion 60 emitted after the autocompletion
51 function has been configured 61 function has been configured
52 </dd><dt>bookmarkToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 62 </dd>
63 <dt>bookmarkToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
53 <dd> 64 <dd>
54 emitted when a bookmark is 65 emitted when a bookmark is
55 toggled 66 toggled
56 </dd><dt>breakpointToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 67 </dd>
68 <dt>breakpointToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
57 <dd> 69 <dd>
58 emitted when a breakpoint 70 emitted when a breakpoint
59 is toggled 71 is toggled
60 </dd><dt>captionChanged(str, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 72 </dd>
73 <dt>captionChanged(str, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
61 <dd> 74 <dd>
62 emitted when the caption 75 emitted when the caption
63 is updated. Typically due to a readOnly attribute change. 76 is updated. Typically due to a readOnly attribute change.
64 </dd><dt>changeMarkersUpdated(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 77 </dd>
78 <dt>changeMarkersUpdated(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
65 <dd> 79 <dd>
66 emitted when the change 80 emitted when the change
67 markers were updated 81 markers were updated
68 </dd><dt>coverageMarkersShown(bool)</dt> 82 </dd>
83 <dt>coverageMarkersShown(bool)</dt>
69 <dd> 84 <dd>
70 emitted after the coverage markers have 85 emitted after the coverage markers have
71 been shown or cleared 86 been shown or cleared
72 </dd><dt>cursorChanged(str, int, int)</dt> 87 </dd>
88 <dt>cursorChanged(str, int, int)</dt>
73 <dd> 89 <dd>
74 emitted when the cursor position 90 emitted when the cursor position
75 was changed 91 was changed
76 </dd><dt>cursorLineChanged(int)</dt> 92 </dd>
93 <dt>cursorLineChanged(int)</dt>
77 <dd> 94 <dd>
78 emitted when the cursor line was changed 95 emitted when the cursor line was changed
79 </dd><dt>editorAboutToBeSaved(str)</dt> 96 </dd>
97 <dt>editorAboutToBeSaved(str)</dt>
80 <dd> 98 <dd>
81 emitted before the editor is saved 99 emitted before the editor is saved
82 </dd><dt>editorRenamed(str)</dt> 100 </dd>
101 <dt>editorRenamed(str)</dt>
83 <dd> 102 <dd>
84 emitted after the editor got a new name 103 emitted after the editor got a new name
85 (i.e. after a 'Save As') 104 (i.e. after a 'Save As')
86 </dd><dt>editorSaved(str)</dt> 105 </dd>
106 <dt>editorSaved(str)</dt>
87 <dd> 107 <dd>
88 emitted after the editor has been saved 108 emitted after the editor has been saved
89 </dd><dt>encodingChanged(str)</dt> 109 </dd>
110 <dt>encodingChanged(str)</dt>
90 <dd> 111 <dd>
91 emitted when the editors encoding was set. The 112 emitted when the editors encoding was set. The
92 encoding name is passed as a parameter. 113 encoding name is passed as a parameter.
93 </dd><dt>eolChanged(str)</dt> 114 </dd>
115 <dt>eolChanged(str)</dt>
94 <dd> 116 <dd>
95 emitted when the editors eol type was set. The eol 117 emitted when the editors eol type was set. The eol
96 string is passed as a parameter. 118 string is passed as a parameter.
97 </dd><dt>languageChanged(str)</dt> 119 </dd>
120 <dt>languageChanged(str)</dt>
98 <dd> 121 <dd>
99 emitted when the editors language was set. The 122 emitted when the editors language was set. The
100 language is passed as a parameter. 123 language is passed as a parameter.
101 </dd><dt>lastEditPositionAvailable()</dt> 124 </dd>
125 <dt>lastEditPositionAvailable()</dt>
102 <dd> 126 <dd>
103 emitted when a last edit position is 127 emitted when a last edit position is
104 available 128 available
105 </dd><dt>modificationStatusChanged(bool, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 129 </dd>
130 <dt>modificationStatusChanged(bool, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
106 <dd> 131 <dd>
107 emitted when 132 emitted when
108 the modification status has changed 133 the modification status has changed
109 </dd><dt>mouseDoubleClick(position, buttons)</dt> 134 </dd>
135 <dt>mouseDoubleClick(position, buttons)</dt>
110 <dd> 136 <dd>
111 emitted to signal a mouse 137 emitted to signal a mouse
112 double click somewhere in the editor area 138 double click somewhere in the editor area
113 </dd><dt>redoAvailable(bool)</dt> 139 </dd>
140 <dt>redoAvailable(bool)</dt>
114 <dd> 141 <dd>
115 emitted to signal the redo availability 142 emitted to signal the redo availability
116 </dd><dt>refreshed()</dt> 143 </dd>
144 <dt>refreshed()</dt>
117 <dd> 145 <dd>
118 emitted to signal a refresh of the editor contents 146 emitted to signal a refresh of the editor contents
119 </dd><dt>settingsRead()</dt> 147 </dd>
148 <dt>settingsRead()</dt>
120 <dd> 149 <dd>
121 emitted to signal, that the settings have been read 150 emitted to signal, that the settings have been read
122 and set 151 and set
123 </dd><dt>showMenu(str, QMenu, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 152 </dd>
153 <dt>showMenu(str, QMenu, QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
124 <dd> 154 <dd>
125 emitted when a menu is 155 emitted when a menu is
126 about to be shown. The name of the menu, a reference to the menu and 156 about to be shown. The name of the menu, a reference to the menu and
127 a reference to the editor are given. 157 a reference to the editor are given.
128 </dd><dt>syntaxerrorToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 158 </dd>
159 <dt>syntaxerrorToggled(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
129 <dd> 160 <dd>
130 emitted when a syntax error 161 emitted when a syntax error
131 was discovered 162 was discovered
132 </dd><dt>taskMarkersUpdated(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt> 163 </dd>
164 <dt>taskMarkersUpdated(QsciScintillaCompat)</dt>
133 <dd> 165 <dd>
134 emitted when the task 166 emitted when the task
135 markers were updated 167 markers were updated
136 </dd><dt>undoAvailable(bool)</dt> 168 </dd>
169 <dt>undoAvailable(bool)</dt>
137 <dd> 170 <dd>
138 emitted to signal the undo availability 171 emitted to signal the undo availability
139 </dd> 172 </dd>
140 </dl> 173 </dl>
141 <h3>Derived from</h3> 174 <h3>Derived from</h3>
142 QsciScintillaCompat 175 QsciScintillaCompat
143 <h3>Class Attributes</h3> 176 <h3>Class Attributes</h3>
177
144 <table> 178 <table>
145 <tr><td>AttributeID</td></tr><tr><td>AttributePrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>AttributeProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>CancelEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>ClassID</td></tr><tr><td>ClassPrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>ClassProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>EndEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>EnumID</td></tr><tr><td>FromDocumentID</td></tr><tr><td>KeywordsID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodPrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>ModuleID</td></tr><tr><td>RequestSyncToken</td></tr><tr><td>Separator</td></tr><tr><td>StartEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>SyncToken</td></tr><tr><td>TemplateImageID</td></tr><tr><td>VcsConflictMarkerLineRegExpList</td></tr><tr><td>WarningCode</td></tr><tr><td>WarningStyle</td></tr> 179 <tr><td>AttributeID</td></tr><tr><td>AttributePrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>AttributeProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>CancelEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>ClassID</td></tr><tr><td>ClassPrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>ClassProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>EndEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>EnumID</td></tr><tr><td>FromDocumentID</td></tr><tr><td>KeywordsID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodPrivateID</td></tr><tr><td>MethodProtectedID</td></tr><tr><td>ModuleID</td></tr><tr><td>RequestSyncToken</td></tr><tr><td>Separator</td></tr><tr><td>StartEditToken</td></tr><tr><td>SyncToken</td></tr><tr><td>TemplateImageID</td></tr><tr><td>VcsConflictMarkerLineRegExpList</td></tr><tr><td>WarningCode</td></tr><tr><td>WarningStyle</td></tr>
146 </table> 180 </table>
147 <h3>Class Methods</h3> 181 <h3>Class Methods</h3>
182
148 <table> 183 <table>
149 <tr><td>None</td></tr> 184 <tr><td>None</td></tr>
150 </table> 185 </table>
151 <h3>Methods</h3> 186 <h3>Methods</h3>
187
152 <table> 188 <table>
189
153 <tr> 190 <tr>
154 <td><a href="#Editor.__init__">Editor</a></td> 191 <td><a href="#Editor.__init__">Editor</a></td>
155 <td>Constructor</td> 192 <td>Constructor</td>
156 </tr><tr> 193 </tr>
194 <tr>
157 <td><a href="#Editor.__addBreakPoint">__addBreakPoint</a></td> 195 <td><a href="#Editor.__addBreakPoint">__addBreakPoint</a></td>
158 <td>Private method to add a new breakpoint.</td> 196 <td>Private method to add a new breakpoint.</td>
159 </tr><tr> 197 </tr>
198 <tr>
160 <td><a href="#Editor.__addBreakPoints">__addBreakPoints</a></td> 199 <td><a href="#Editor.__addBreakPoints">__addBreakPoints</a></td>
161 <td>Private slot to add breakpoints.</td> 200 <td>Private slot to add breakpoints.</td>
162 </tr><tr> 201 </tr>
202 <tr>
163 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileAliasResource">__addFileAliasResource</a></td> 203 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileAliasResource">__addFileAliasResource</a></td>
164 <td>Private method to handle the Add aliased file context menu action.</td> 204 <td>Private method to handle the Add aliased file context menu action.</td>
165 </tr><tr> 205 </tr>
206 <tr>
166 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileResource">__addFileResource</a></td> 207 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileResource">__addFileResource</a></td>
167 <td>Private method to handle the Add file context menu action.</td> 208 <td>Private method to handle the Add file context menu action.</td>
168 </tr><tr> 209 </tr>
210 <tr>
169 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileResources">__addFileResources</a></td> 211 <td><a href="#Editor.__addFileResources">__addFileResources</a></td>
170 <td>Private method to handle the Add files context menu action.</td> 212 <td>Private method to handle the Add files context menu action.</td>
171 </tr><tr> 213 </tr>
214 <tr>
172 <td><a href="#Editor.__addLocalizedResource">__addLocalizedResource</a></td> 215 <td><a href="#Editor.__addLocalizedResource">__addLocalizedResource</a></td>
173 <td>Private method to handle the Add localized resource context menu action.</td> 216 <td>Private method to handle the Add localized resource context menu action.</td>
174 </tr><tr> 217 </tr>
218 <tr>
175 <td><a href="#Editor.__addResourceFrame">__addResourceFrame</a></td> 219 <td><a href="#Editor.__addResourceFrame">__addResourceFrame</a></td>
176 <td>Private method to handle the Add resource frame context menu action.</td> 220 <td>Private method to handle the Add resource frame context menu action.</td>
177 </tr><tr> 221 </tr>
222 <tr>
178 <td><a href="#Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary">__addToSpellingDictionary</a></td> 223 <td><a href="#Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary">__addToSpellingDictionary</a></td>
179 <td>Private slot to add the word below the spelling context menu to the dictionary.</td> 224 <td>Private slot to add the word below the spelling context menu to the dictionary.</td>
180 </tr><tr> 225 </tr>
226 <tr>
181 <td><a href="#Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition">__adjustedCallTipPosition</a></td> 227 <td><a href="#Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition">__adjustedCallTipPosition</a></td>
182 <td>Private method to calculate an adjusted position for showing calltips.</td> 228 <td>Private method to calculate an adjusted position for showing calltips.</td>
183 </tr><tr> 229 </tr>
230 <tr>
184 <td><a href="#Editor.__applyTemplate">__applyTemplate</a></td> 231 <td><a href="#Editor.__applyTemplate">__applyTemplate</a></td>
185 <td>Private method to apply a template by name.</td> 232 <td>Private method to apply a template by name.</td>
186 </tr><tr> 233 </tr>
234 <tr>
187 <td><a href="#Editor.__autoComplete">__autoComplete</a></td> 235 <td><a href="#Editor.__autoComplete">__autoComplete</a></td>
188 <td>Private method to start auto-completion via plug-ins.</td> 236 <td>Private method to start auto-completion via plug-ins.</td>
189 </tr><tr> 237 </tr>
238 <tr>
190 <td><a href="#Editor.__autocompletionCancelled">__autocompletionCancelled</a></td> 239 <td><a href="#Editor.__autocompletionCancelled">__autocompletionCancelled</a></td>
191 <td>Private slot to handle the cancellation of an auto-completion list.</td> 240 <td>Private slot to handle the cancellation of an auto-completion list.</td>
192 </tr><tr> 241 </tr>
242 <tr>
193 <td><a href="#Editor.__autosaveEnable">__autosaveEnable</a></td> 243 <td><a href="#Editor.__autosaveEnable">__autosaveEnable</a></td>
194 <td>Private slot handling the autosave enable context menu action.</td> 244 <td>Private slot handling the autosave enable context menu action.</td>
195 </tr><tr> 245 </tr>
246 <tr>
196 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindCompleter">__bindCompleter</a></td> 247 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindCompleter">__bindCompleter</a></td>
197 <td>Private slot to set the correct typing completer depending on language.</td> 248 <td>Private slot to set the correct typing completer depending on language.</td>
198 </tr><tr> 249 </tr>
250 <tr>
199 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindLexer">__bindLexer</a></td> 251 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindLexer">__bindLexer</a></td>
200 <td>Private slot to set the correct lexer depending on language.</td> 252 <td>Private slot to set the correct lexer depending on language.</td>
201 </tr><tr> 253 </tr>
254 <tr>
202 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindName">__bindName</a></td> 255 <td><a href="#Editor.__bindName">__bindName</a></td>
203 <td>Private method to generate a dummy filename for binding a lexer.</td> 256 <td>Private method to generate a dummy filename for binding a lexer.</td>
204 </tr><tr> 257 </tr>
258 <tr>
205 <td><a href="#Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged">__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</a></td> 259 <td><a href="#Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged">__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</a></td>
206 <td>Private slot to handle the dataAboutToBeChanged signal of the breakpoint model.</td> 260 <td>Private slot to handle the dataAboutToBeChanged signal of the breakpoint model.</td>
207 </tr><tr> 261 </tr>
262 <tr>
208 <td><a href="#Editor.__calculateChanges">__calculateChanges</a></td> 263 <td><a href="#Editor.__calculateChanges">__calculateChanges</a></td>
209 <td>Private method to determine change commands to convert old text into new text.</td> 264 <td>Private method to determine change commands to convert old text into new text.</td>
210 </tr><tr> 265 </tr>
266 <tr>
211 <td><a href="#Editor.__callTip">__callTip</a></td> 267 <td><a href="#Editor.__callTip">__callTip</a></td>
212 <td>Private method to show call tips provided by a plugin.</td> 268 <td>Private method to show call tips provided by a plugin.</td>
213 </tr><tr> 269 </tr>
270 <tr>
214 <td><a href="#Editor.__changeBreakPoints">__changeBreakPoints</a></td> 271 <td><a href="#Editor.__changeBreakPoints">__changeBreakPoints</a></td>
215 <td>Private slot to set changed breakpoints.</td> 272 <td>Private slot to set changed breakpoints.</td>
216 </tr><tr> 273 </tr>
274 <tr>
217 <td><a href="#Editor.__charAdded">__charAdded</a></td> 275 <td><a href="#Editor.__charAdded">__charAdded</a></td>
218 <td>Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.</td> 276 <td>Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.</td>
219 </tr><tr> 277 </tr>
278 <tr>
220 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkEncoding">__checkEncoding</a></td> 279 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkEncoding">__checkEncoding</a></td>
221 <td>Private method to check the selected encoding of the encodings submenu.</td> 280 <td>Private method to check the selected encoding of the encodings submenu.</td>
222 </tr><tr> 281 </tr>
282 <tr>
223 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkEol">__checkEol</a></td> 283 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkEol">__checkEol</a></td>
224 <td>Private method to check the selected eol type of the eol submenu.</td> 284 <td>Private method to check the selected eol type of the eol submenu.</td>
225 </tr><tr> 285 </tr>
286 <tr>
226 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkLanguage">__checkLanguage</a></td> 287 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkLanguage">__checkLanguage</a></td>
227 <td>Private method to check the selected language of the language submenu.</td> 288 <td>Private method to check the selected language of the language submenu.</td>
228 </tr><tr> 289 </tr>
290 <tr>
229 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkSpellingSelection">__checkSpellingSelection</a></td> 291 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkSpellingSelection">__checkSpellingSelection</a></td>
230 <td>Private slot to spell check the current selection.</td> 292 <td>Private slot to spell check the current selection.</td>
231 </tr><tr> 293 </tr>
294 <tr>
232 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkSpellingWord">__checkSpellingWord</a></td> 295 <td><a href="#Editor.__checkSpellingWord">__checkSpellingWord</a></td>
233 <td>Private slot to check the word below the spelling context menu.</td> 296 <td>Private slot to check the word below the spelling context menu.</td>
234 </tr><tr> 297 </tr>
298 <tr>
235 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearBreakpoints">__clearBreakpoints</a></td> 299 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearBreakpoints">__clearBreakpoints</a></td>
236 <td>Private slot to clear all breakpoints.</td> 300 <td>Private slot to clear all breakpoints.</td>
237 </tr><tr> 301 </tr>
302 <tr>
238 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearCompletionsCache">__clearCompletionsCache</a></td> 303 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearCompletionsCache">__clearCompletionsCache</a></td>
239 <td>Private method to clear the auto-completions cache.</td> 304 <td>Private method to clear the auto-completions cache.</td>
240 </tr><tr> 305 </tr>
306 <tr>
241 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearTypedWarning">__clearTypedWarning</a></td> 307 <td><a href="#Editor.__clearTypedWarning">__clearTypedWarning</a></td>
242 <td>Private method to clear warnings of a specific kind.</td> 308 <td>Private method to clear warnings of a specific kind.</td>
243 </tr><tr> 309 </tr>
310 <tr>
244 <td><a href="#Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations">__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</a></td> 311 <td><a href="#Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations">__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</a></td>
245 <td>Private method to handle the hide code coverage annotations context menu action.</td> 312 <td>Private method to handle the hide code coverage annotations context menu action.</td>
246 </tr><tr> 313 </tr>
314 <tr>
247 <td><a href="#Editor.__completionListSelected">__completionListSelected</a></td> 315 <td><a href="#Editor.__completionListSelected">__completionListSelected</a></td>
248 <td>Private slot to handle the selection from the completion list.</td> 316 <td>Private slot to handle the selection from the completion list.</td>
249 </tr><tr> 317 </tr>
318 <tr>
250 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextClose">__contextClose</a></td> 319 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextClose">__contextClose</a></td>
251 <td>Private slot handling the close context menu entry.</td> 320 <td>Private slot handling the close context menu entry.</td>
252 </tr><tr> 321 </tr>
322 <tr>
253 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren">__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</a></td> 323 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren">__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</a></td>
254 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu collapse with children action.</td> 324 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu collapse with children action.</td>
255 </tr><tr> 325 </tr>
326 <tr>
256 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren">__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</a></td> 327 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren">__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</a></td>
257 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu expand with children action.</td> 328 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu expand with children action.</td>
258 </tr><tr> 329 </tr>
330 <tr>
259 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered">__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</a></td> 331 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered">__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</a></td>
260 <td>Private slot to handle the selection of a suggestion of the spelling context menu.</td> 332 <td>Private slot to handle the selection of a suggestion of the spelling context menu.</td>
261 </tr><tr> 333 </tr>
334 <tr>
262 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextOpenRejections">__contextOpenRejections</a></td> 335 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextOpenRejections">__contextOpenRejections</a></td>
263 <td>Private slot handling the open rejections file context menu entry.</td> 336 <td>Private slot handling the open rejections file context menu entry.</td>
264 </tr><tr> 337 </tr>
338 <tr>
265 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSave">__contextSave</a></td> 339 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSave">__contextSave</a></td>
266 <td>Private slot handling the save context menu entry.</td> 340 <td>Private slot handling the save context menu entry.</td>
267 </tr><tr> 341 </tr>
342 <tr>
268 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSaveAs">__contextSaveAs</a></td> 343 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSaveAs">__contextSaveAs</a></td>
269 <td>Private slot handling the save as context menu entry.</td> 344 <td>Private slot handling the save as context menu entry.</td>
270 </tr><tr> 345 </tr>
346 <tr>
271 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSaveCopy">__contextSaveCopy</a></td> 347 <td><a href="#Editor.__contextSaveCopy">__contextSaveCopy</a></td>
272 <td>Private slot handling the save copy context menu entry.</td> 348 <td>Private slot handling the save copy context menu entry.</td>
273 </tr><tr> 349 </tr>
350 <tr>
351 <td><a href="#Editor.__convertTabs">__convertTabs</a></td>
352 <td>Private slot to convert tabulators to spaces.</td>
353 </tr>
354 <tr>
274 <td><a href="#Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap">__createChangeMarkerPixmap</a></td> 355 <td><a href="#Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap">__createChangeMarkerPixmap</a></td>
275 <td>Private method to create a pixmap for the change markers.</td> 356 <td>Private method to create a pixmap for the change markers.</td>
276 </tr><tr> 357 </tr>
358 <tr>
277 <td><a href="#Editor.__cursorPositionChanged">__cursorPositionChanged</a></td> 359 <td><a href="#Editor.__cursorPositionChanged">__cursorPositionChanged</a></td>
278 <td>Private slot to handle the cursorPositionChanged signal.</td> 360 <td>Private slot to handle the cursorPositionChanged signal.</td>
279 </tr><tr> 361 </tr>
362 <tr>
280 <td><a href="#Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers">__deleteAllChangeMarkers</a></td> 363 <td><a href="#Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers">__deleteAllChangeMarkers</a></td>
281 <td>Private slot to delete all change markers.</td> 364 <td>Private slot to delete all change markers.</td>
282 </tr><tr> 365 </tr>
366 <tr>
283 <td><a href="#Editor.__deleteBreakPoints">__deleteBreakPoints</a></td> 367 <td><a href="#Editor.__deleteBreakPoints">__deleteBreakPoints</a></td>
284 <td>Private slot to delete breakpoints.</td> 368 <td>Private slot to delete breakpoints.</td>
285 </tr><tr> 369 </tr>
370 <tr>
286 <td><a href="#Editor.__deselectAll">__deselectAll</a></td> 371 <td><a href="#Editor.__deselectAll">__deselectAll</a></td>
287 <td>Private slot handling the deselect all context menu action.</td> 372 <td>Private slot handling the deselect all context menu action.</td>
288 </tr><tr> 373 </tr>
374 <tr>
289 <td><a href="#Editor.__dispatchCommand">__dispatchCommand</a></td> 375 <td><a href="#Editor.__dispatchCommand">__dispatchCommand</a></td>
290 <td>Private method to dispatch received commands.</td> 376 <td>Private method to dispatch received commands.</td>
291 </tr><tr> 377 </tr>
378 <tr>
292 <td><a href="#Editor.__encodingChanged">__encodingChanged</a></td> 379 <td><a href="#Editor.__encodingChanged">__encodingChanged</a></td>
293 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the encoding.</td> 380 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the encoding.</td>
294 </tr><tr> 381 </tr>
382 <tr>
295 <td><a href="#Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered">__encodingsMenuTriggered</a></td> 383 <td><a href="#Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered">__encodingsMenuTriggered</a></td>
296 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an encoding.</td> 384 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an encoding.</td>
297 </tr><tr> 385 </tr>
386 <tr>
298 <td><a href="#Editor.__eolChanged">__eolChanged</a></td> 387 <td><a href="#Editor.__eolChanged">__eolChanged</a></td>
299 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the eol mode.</td> 388 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the eol mode.</td>
300 </tr><tr> 389 </tr>
390 <tr>
301 <td><a href="#Editor.__eolMenuTriggered">__eolMenuTriggered</a></td> 391 <td><a href="#Editor.__eolMenuTriggered">__eolMenuTriggered</a></td>
302 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an eol type.</td> 392 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an eol type.</td>
303 </tr><tr> 393 </tr>
394 <tr>
304 <td><a href="#Editor.__executeSelection">__executeSelection</a></td> 395 <td><a href="#Editor.__executeSelection">__executeSelection</a></td>
305 <td>Private slot to execute the selected text in the shell window.</td> 396 <td>Private slot to execute the selected text in the shell window.</td>
306 </tr><tr> 397 </tr>
398 <tr>
307 <td><a href="#Editor.__exportMenuTriggered">__exportMenuTriggered</a></td> 399 <td><a href="#Editor.__exportMenuTriggered">__exportMenuTriggered</a></td>
308 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an export format.</td> 400 <td>Private method to handle the selection of an export format.</td>
309 </tr><tr> 401 </tr>
402 <tr>
310 <td><a href="#Editor.__getAcText">__getAcText</a></td> 403 <td><a href="#Editor.__getAcText">__getAcText</a></td>
311 <td>Private method to get the text from cursor position for autocompleting.</td> 404 <td>Private method to get the text from cursor position for autocompleting.</td>
312 </tr><tr> 405 </tr>
406 <tr>
313 <td><a href="#Editor.__getCharacter">__getCharacter</a></td> 407 <td><a href="#Editor.__getCharacter">__getCharacter</a></td>
314 <td>Private method to get the character to the left of the current position in the current line.</td> 408 <td>Private method to get the character to the left of the current position in the current line.</td>
315 </tr><tr> 409 </tr>
410 <tr>
316 <td><a href="#Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile">__getCodeCoverageFile</a></td> 411 <td><a href="#Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile">__getCodeCoverageFile</a></td>
317 <td>Private method to get the file name of the file containing coverage info.</td> 412 <td>Private method to get the file name of the file containing coverage info.</td>
318 </tr><tr> 413 </tr>
414 <tr>
319 <td><a href="#Editor.__getEditorConfig">__getEditorConfig</a></td> 415 <td><a href="#Editor.__getEditorConfig">__getEditorConfig</a></td>
320 <td>Private method to get the requested option via EditorConfig.</td> 416 <td>Private method to get the requested option via EditorConfig.</td>
321 </tr><tr> 417 </tr>
418 <tr>
322 <td><a href="#Editor.__getMacroName">__getMacroName</a></td> 419 <td><a href="#Editor.__getMacroName">__getMacroName</a></td>
323 <td>Private method to select a macro name from the list of macros.</td> 420 <td>Private method to select a macro name from the list of macros.</td>
324 </tr><tr> 421 </tr>
422 <tr>
423 <td><a href="#Editor.__getOverrideValue">__getOverrideValue</a></td>
424 <td>Private method to get an override value for the current file type.</td>
425 </tr>
426 <tr>
325 <td><a href="#Editor.__getPyVersion">__getPyVersion</a></td> 427 <td><a href="#Editor.__getPyVersion">__getPyVersion</a></td>
326 <td>Private method to return the Python main version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's not a Python file at all.</td> 428 <td>Private method to return the Python main version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's not a Python file at all.</td>
327 </tr><tr> 429 </tr>
430 <tr>
328 <td><a href="#Editor.__getSaveFileName">__getSaveFileName</a></td> 431 <td><a href="#Editor.__getSaveFileName">__getSaveFileName</a></td>
329 <td>Private method to get the name of the file to be saved.</td> 432 <td>Private method to get the name of the file to be saved.</td>
330 </tr><tr> 433 </tr>
434 <tr>
331 <td><a href="#Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways">__ignoreSpellingAlways</a></td> 435 <td><a href="#Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways">__ignoreSpellingAlways</a></td>
332 <td>Private to always ignore the word below the spelling context menu.</td> 436 <td>Private to always ignore the word below the spelling context menu.</td>
333 </tr><tr> 437 </tr>
438 <tr>
334 <td><a href="#Editor.__indentLine">__indentLine</a></td> 439 <td><a href="#Editor.__indentLine">__indentLine</a></td>
335 <td>Private method to indent or unindent the current line.</td> 440 <td>Private method to indent or unindent the current line.</td>
336 </tr><tr> 441 </tr>
442 <tr>
337 <td><a href="#Editor.__indentSelection">__indentSelection</a></td> 443 <td><a href="#Editor.__indentSelection">__indentSelection</a></td>
338 <td>Private method to indent or unindent the current selection.</td> 444 <td>Private method to indent or unindent the current selection.</td>
339 </tr><tr> 445 </tr>
446 <tr>
340 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenu">__initContextMenu</a></td> 447 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenu">__initContextMenu</a></td>
341 <td>Private method used to setup the context menu.</td> 448 <td>Private method used to setup the context menu.</td>
342 </tr><tr> 449 </tr>
450 <tr>
343 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion">__initContextMenuAutocompletion</a></td> 451 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion">__initContextMenuAutocompletion</a></td>
344 <td>Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.</td> 452 <td>Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.</td>
345 </tr><tr> 453 </tr>
454 <tr>
346 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuChecks">__initContextMenuChecks</a></td> 455 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuChecks">__initContextMenuChecks</a></td>
347 <td>Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.</td> 456 <td>Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.</td>
348 </tr><tr> 457 </tr>
458 <tr>
349 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings">__initContextMenuEncodings</a></td> 459 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings">__initContextMenuEncodings</a></td>
350 <td>Private method used to setup the Encodings context sub menu.</td> 460 <td>Private method used to setup the Encodings context sub menu.</td>
351 </tr><tr> 461 </tr>
462 <tr>
352 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuEol">__initContextMenuEol</a></td> 463 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuEol">__initContextMenuEol</a></td>
353 <td>Private method to setup the eol context sub menu.</td> 464 <td>Private method to setup the eol context sub menu.</td>
354 </tr><tr> 465 </tr>
466 <tr>
355 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuExporters">__initContextMenuExporters</a></td> 467 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuExporters">__initContextMenuExporters</a></td>
356 <td>Private method used to setup the Exporters context sub menu.</td> 468 <td>Private method used to setup the Exporters context sub menu.</td>
357 </tr><tr> 469 </tr>
470 <tr>
358 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics">__initContextMenuGraphics</a></td> 471 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics">__initContextMenuGraphics</a></td>
359 <td>Private method used to setup the diagrams context sub menu.</td> 472 <td>Private method used to setup the diagrams context sub menu.</td>
360 </tr><tr> 473 </tr>
474 <tr>
361 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages">__initContextMenuLanguages</a></td> 475 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages">__initContextMenuLanguages</a></td>
362 <td>Private method used to setup the Languages context sub menu.</td> 476 <td>Private method used to setup the Languages context sub menu.</td>
363 </tr><tr> 477 </tr>
478 <tr>
364 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuMargins">__initContextMenuMargins</a></td> 479 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuMargins">__initContextMenuMargins</a></td>
365 <td>Private method used to setup the context menu for the margins.</td> 480 <td>Private method used to setup the context menu for the margins.</td>
366 </tr><tr> 481 </tr>
482 <tr>
367 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding">__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</a></td> 483 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding">__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</a></td>
368 <td>Private method used to setup the Reopen With Encoding context sub menu.</td> 484 <td>Private method used to setup the Reopen With Encoding context sub menu.</td>
369 </tr><tr> 485 </tr>
486 <tr>
370 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuResources">__initContextMenuResources</a></td> 487 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuResources">__initContextMenuResources</a></td>
371 <td>Private method used to setup the Resources context sub menu.</td> 488 <td>Private method used to setup the Resources context sub menu.</td>
372 </tr><tr> 489 </tr>
490 <tr>
373 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuShow">__initContextMenuShow</a></td> 491 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuShow">__initContextMenuShow</a></td>
374 <td>Private method used to setup the Show context sub menu.</td> 492 <td>Private method used to setup the Show context sub menu.</td>
375 </tr><tr> 493 </tr>
494 <tr>
376 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuTools">__initContextMenuTools</a></td> 495 <td><a href="#Editor.__initContextMenuTools">__initContextMenuTools</a></td>
377 <td>Private method used to setup the Tools context sub menu.</td> 496 <td>Private method used to setup the Tools context sub menu.</td>
378 </tr><tr> 497 </tr>
498 <tr>
379 <td><a href="#Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace">__initOnlineChangeTrace</a></td> 499 <td><a href="#Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace">__initOnlineChangeTrace</a></td>
380 <td>Private slot to initialize the online change trace.</td> 500 <td>Private slot to initialize the online change trace.</td>
381 </tr><tr> 501 </tr>
502 <tr>
382 <td><a href="#Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck">__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</a></td> 503 <td><a href="#Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck">__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</a></td>
383 <td>Private slot to initialize the online syntax check.</td> 504 <td>Private slot to initialize the online syntax check.</td>
384 </tr><tr> 505 </tr>
506 <tr>
385 <td><a href="#Editor.__isCommentedLine">__isCommentedLine</a></td> 507 <td><a href="#Editor.__isCommentedLine">__isCommentedLine</a></td>
386 <td>Private method to check, if the given line is a comment line as produced by the configured comment rules.</td> 508 <td>Private method to check, if the given line is a comment line as produced by the configured comment rules.</td>
387 </tr><tr> 509 </tr>
510 <tr>
388 <td><a href="#Editor.__isStartChar">__isStartChar</a></td> 511 <td><a href="#Editor.__isStartChar">__isStartChar</a></td>
389 <td>Private method to check, if a character is an autocompletion start character.</td> 512 <td>Private method to check, if a character is an autocompletion start character.</td>
390 </tr><tr> 513 </tr>
514 <tr>
391 <td><a href="#Editor.__languageChanged">__languageChanged</a></td> 515 <td><a href="#Editor.__languageChanged">__languageChanged</a></td>
392 <td>Private slot handling a change of a connected editor's language.</td> 516 <td>Private slot handling a change of a connected editor's language.</td>
393 </tr><tr> 517 </tr>
518 <tr>
394 <td><a href="#Editor.__languageMenuTriggered">__languageMenuTriggered</a></td> 519 <td><a href="#Editor.__languageMenuTriggered">__languageMenuTriggered</a></td>
395 <td>Private method to handle the selection of a lexer language.</td> 520 <td>Private method to handle the selection of a lexer language.</td>
396 </tr><tr> 521 </tr>
522 <tr>
397 <td><a href="#Editor.__lmBbookmarks">__lmBbookmarks</a></td> 523 <td><a href="#Editor.__lmBbookmarks">__lmBbookmarks</a></td>
398 <td>Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles bookmark' context menu action.</td> 524 <td>Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles bookmark' context menu action.</td>
399 </tr><tr> 525 </tr>
526 <tr>
400 <td><a href="#Editor.__lmBbreakpoints">__lmBbreakpoints</a></td> 527 <td><a href="#Editor.__lmBbreakpoints">__lmBbreakpoints</a></td>
401 <td>Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 528 <td>Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
402 </tr><tr> 529 </tr>
530 <tr>
403 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadDiagram">__loadDiagram</a></td> 531 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadDiagram">__loadDiagram</a></td>
404 <td>Private slot to load a diagram from file.</td> 532 <td>Private slot to load a diagram from file.</td>
405 </tr><tr> 533 </tr>
534 <tr>
406 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadEditorConfig">__loadEditorConfig</a></td> 535 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadEditorConfig">__loadEditorConfig</a></td>
407 <td>Private method to load the EditorConfig properties.</td> 536 <td>Private method to load the EditorConfig properties.</td>
408 </tr><tr> 537 </tr>
538 <tr>
409 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject">__loadEditorConfigObject</a></td> 539 <td><a href="#Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject">__loadEditorConfigObject</a></td>
410 <td>Private method to load the EditorConfig properties for the given file name.</td> 540 <td>Private method to load the EditorConfig properties for the given file name.</td>
411 </tr><tr> 541 </tr>
542 <tr>
412 <td><a href="#Editor.__marginClicked">__marginClicked</a></td> 543 <td><a href="#Editor.__marginClicked">__marginClicked</a></td>
413 <td>Private slot to handle the marginClicked signal.</td> 544 <td>Private slot to handle the marginClicked signal.</td>
414 </tr><tr> 545 </tr>
546 <tr>
415 <td><a href="#Editor.__marginNumber">__marginNumber</a></td> 547 <td><a href="#Editor.__marginNumber">__marginNumber</a></td>
416 <td>Private method to calculate the margin number based on a x position.</td> 548 <td>Private method to calculate the margin number based on a x position.</td>
417 </tr><tr> 549 </tr>
550 <tr>
418 <td><a href="#Editor.__markOccurrences">__markOccurrences</a></td> 551 <td><a href="#Editor.__markOccurrences">__markOccurrences</a></td>
419 <td>Private method to mark all occurrences of the current word.</td> 552 <td>Private method to mark all occurrences of the current word.</td>
420 </tr><tr> 553 </tr>
554 <tr>
421 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints">__menuClearBreakpoints</a></td> 555 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints">__menuClearBreakpoints</a></td>
422 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Clear all breakpoints' context menu action.</td> 556 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Clear all breakpoints' context menu action.</td>
423 </tr><tr> 557 </tr>
558 <tr>
424 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled">__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</a></td> 559 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled">__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</a></td>
425 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Enable/Disable breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 560 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Enable/Disable breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
426 </tr><tr> 561 </tr>
562 <tr>
427 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint">__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</a></td> 563 <td><a href="#Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint">__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</a></td>
428 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Toggle temporary breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 564 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Toggle temporary breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
429 </tr><tr> 565 </tr>
566 <tr>
430 <td><a href="#Editor.__modificationChanged">__modificationChanged</a></td> 567 <td><a href="#Editor.__modificationChanged">__modificationChanged</a></td>
431 <td>Private slot to handle the modificationChanged signal.</td> 568 <td>Private slot to handle the modificationChanged signal.</td>
432 </tr><tr> 569 </tr>
570 <tr>
433 <td><a href="#Editor.__modificationReadOnly">__modificationReadOnly</a></td> 571 <td><a href="#Editor.__modificationReadOnly">__modificationReadOnly</a></td>
434 <td>Private slot to handle the modificationAttempted signal.</td> 572 <td>Private slot to handle the modificationAttempted signal.</td>
435 </tr><tr> 573 </tr>
574 <tr>
436 <td><a href="#Editor.__modified">__modified</a></td> 575 <td><a href="#Editor.__modified">__modified</a></td>
437 <td>Private method to handle changes of the number of lines.</td> 576 <td>Private method to handle changes of the number of lines.</td>
438 </tr><tr> 577 </tr>
578 <tr>
439 <td><a href="#Editor.__newView">__newView</a></td> 579 <td><a href="#Editor.__newView">__newView</a></td>
440 <td>Private slot to create a new view to an open document.</td> 580 <td>Private slot to create a new view to an open document.</td>
441 </tr><tr> 581 </tr>
582 <tr>
442 <td><a href="#Editor.__newViewNewSplit">__newViewNewSplit</a></td> 583 <td><a href="#Editor.__newViewNewSplit">__newViewNewSplit</a></td>
443 <td>Private slot to create a new view to an open document.</td> 584 <td>Private slot to create a new view to an open document.</td>
444 </tr><tr> 585 </tr>
586 <tr>
445 <td><a href="#Editor.__normalizedEncoding">__normalizedEncoding</a></td> 587 <td><a href="#Editor.__normalizedEncoding">__normalizedEncoding</a></td>
446 <td>Private method to calculate the normalized encoding string.</td> 588 <td>Private method to calculate the normalized encoding string.</td>
447 </tr><tr> 589 </tr>
590 <tr>
448 <td><a href="#Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout">__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</a></td> 591 <td><a href="#Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout">__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</a></td>
449 <td>Private slot to mark added and changed lines.</td> 592 <td>Private slot to mark added and changed lines.</td>
450 </tr><tr> 593 </tr>
594 <tr>
451 <td><a href="#Editor.__printPreview">__printPreview</a></td> 595 <td><a href="#Editor.__printPreview">__printPreview</a></td>
452 <td>Private slot to generate a print preview.</td> 596 <td>Private slot to generate a print preview.</td>
453 </tr><tr> 597 </tr>
598 <tr>
454 <td><a href="#Editor.__processEndEditCommand">__processEndEditCommand</a></td> 599 <td><a href="#Editor.__processEndEditCommand">__processEndEditCommand</a></td>
455 <td>Private slot to process a remote EndEdit command.</td> 600 <td>Private slot to process a remote EndEdit command.</td>
456 </tr><tr> 601 </tr>
602 <tr>
457 <td><a href="#Editor.__processFlags">__processFlags</a></td> 603 <td><a href="#Editor.__processFlags">__processFlags</a></td>
458 <td>Private method to extract flags and process them.</td> 604 <td>Private method to extract flags and process them.</td>
459 </tr><tr> 605 </tr>
606 <tr>
460 <td><a href="#Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand">__processRequestSyncCommand</a></td> 607 <td><a href="#Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand">__processRequestSyncCommand</a></td>
461 <td>Private slot to process a remote RequestSync command.</td> 608 <td>Private slot to process a remote RequestSync command.</td>
462 </tr><tr> 609 </tr>
610 <tr>
463 <td><a href="#Editor.__processStartEditCommand">__processStartEditCommand</a></td> 611 <td><a href="#Editor.__processStartEditCommand">__processStartEditCommand</a></td>
464 <td>Private slot to process a remote StartEdit command.</td> 612 <td>Private slot to process a remote StartEdit command.</td>
465 </tr><tr> 613 </tr>
614 <tr>
466 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyncCommand">__processSyncCommand</a></td> 615 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyncCommand">__processSyncCommand</a></td>
467 <td>Private slot to process a remote Sync command.</td> 616 <td>Private slot to process a remote Sync command.</td>
468 </tr><tr> 617 </tr>
618 <tr>
469 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError">__processSyntaxCheckError</a></td> 619 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError">__processSyntaxCheckError</a></td>
470 <td>Private slot to report an error message of a syntax check.</td> 620 <td>Private slot to report an error message of a syntax check.</td>
471 </tr><tr> 621 </tr>
622 <tr>
472 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult">__processSyntaxCheckResult</a></td> 623 <td><a href="#Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult">__processSyntaxCheckResult</a></td>
473 <td>Private slot to report the resulting messages of a syntax check.</td> 624 <td>Private slot to report the resulting messages of a syntax check.</td>
474 </tr><tr> 625 </tr>
626 <tr>
475 <td><a href="#Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged">__projectPropertiesChanged</a></td> 627 <td><a href="#Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged">__projectPropertiesChanged</a></td>
476 <td>Private slot to handle changes of the project properties.</td> 628 <td>Private slot to handle changes of the project properties.</td>
477 </tr><tr> 629 </tr>
630 <tr>
478 <td><a href="#Editor.__refreshAnnotations">__refreshAnnotations</a></td> 631 <td><a href="#Editor.__refreshAnnotations">__refreshAnnotations</a></td>
479 <td>Private method to refresh the annotations.</td> 632 <td>Private method to refresh the annotations.</td>
480 </tr><tr> 633 </tr>
634 <tr>
481 <td><a href="#Editor.__registerImages">__registerImages</a></td> 635 <td><a href="#Editor.__registerImages">__registerImages</a></td>
482 <td>Private method to register images for autocompletion lists.</td> 636 <td>Private method to register images for autocompletion lists.</td>
483 </tr><tr> 637 </tr>
638 <tr>
484 <td><a href="#Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace">__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</a></td> 639 <td><a href="#Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace">__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</a></td>
485 <td>Private slot to re-initialize the online change trace.</td> 640 <td>Private slot to re-initialize the online change trace.</td>
486 </tr><tr> 641 </tr>
642 <tr>
487 <td><a href="#Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary">__removeFromSpellingDictionary</a></td> 643 <td><a href="#Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary">__removeFromSpellingDictionary</a></td>
488 <td>Private slot to remove the word below the context menu to the dictionary.</td> 644 <td>Private slot to remove the word below the context menu to the dictionary.</td>
489 </tr><tr> 645 </tr>
646 <tr>
490 <td><a href="#Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace">__removeTrailingWhitespace</a></td> 647 <td><a href="#Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace">__removeTrailingWhitespace</a></td>
491 <td>Private method to remove trailing whitespace.</td> 648 <td>Private method to remove trailing whitespace.</td>
492 </tr><tr> 649 </tr>
650 <tr>
493 <td><a href="#Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered">__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</a></td> 651 <td><a href="#Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered">__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</a></td>
494 <td>Private method to handle the rereading of the file with a selected encoding.</td> 652 <td>Private method to handle the rereading of the file with a selected encoding.</td>
495 </tr><tr> 653 </tr>
654 <tr>
496 <td><a href="#Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores">__replaceLeadingUnderscores</a></td> 655 <td><a href="#Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores">__replaceLeadingUnderscores</a></td>
497 <td>Private method to replace the first two underlines for invers sorting.</td> 656 <td>Private method to replace the first two underlines for invers sorting.</td>
498 </tr><tr> 657 </tr>
658 <tr>
499 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetLanguage">__resetLanguage</a></td> 659 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetLanguage">__resetLanguage</a></td>
500 <td>Private method used to reset the language selection.</td> 660 <td>Private method used to reset the language selection.</td>
501 </tr><tr> 661 </tr>
662 <tr>
502 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo">__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</a></td> 663 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo">__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</a></td>
503 <td>Private slot to reset the online change trace info.</td> 664 <td>Private slot to reset the online change trace info.</td>
504 </tr><tr> 665 </tr>
666 <tr>
505 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer">__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</a></td> 667 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer">__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</a></td>
506 <td>Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.</td> 668 <td>Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.</td>
507 </tr><tr> 669 </tr>
670 <tr>
508 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer">__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</a></td> 671 <td><a href="#Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer">__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</a></td>
509 <td>Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.</td> 672 <td>Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.</td>
510 </tr><tr> 673 </tr>
674 <tr>
511 <td><a href="#Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin">__resizeLinenoMargin</a></td> 675 <td><a href="#Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin">__resizeLinenoMargin</a></td>
512 <td>Private slot to resize the line numbers margin.</td> 676 <td>Private slot to resize the line numbers margin.</td>
513 </tr><tr> 677 </tr>
678 <tr>
514 <td><a href="#Editor.__restoreBreakpoints">__restoreBreakpoints</a></td> 679 <td><a href="#Editor.__restoreBreakpoints">__restoreBreakpoints</a></td>
515 <td>Private method to restore the breakpoints.</td> 680 <td>Private method to restore the breakpoints.</td>
516 </tr><tr> 681 </tr>
682 <tr>
517 <td><a href="#Editor.__saveLastEditPosition">__saveLastEditPosition</a></td> 683 <td><a href="#Editor.__saveLastEditPosition">__saveLastEditPosition</a></td>
518 <td>Private slot to record the last edit position.</td> 684 <td>Private slot to record the last edit position.</td>
519 </tr><tr> 685 </tr>
686 <tr>
520 <td><a href="#Editor.__searchCurrentWord">__searchCurrentWord</a></td> 687 <td><a href="#Editor.__searchCurrentWord">__searchCurrentWord</a></td>
521 <td>Private slot to search the next occurrence of the current word.</td> 688 <td>Private slot to search the next occurrence of the current word.</td>
522 </tr><tr> 689 </tr>
690 <tr>
523 <td><a href="#Editor.__selectAll">__selectAll</a></td> 691 <td><a href="#Editor.__selectAll">__selectAll</a></td>
524 <td>Private slot handling the select all context menu action.</td> 692 <td>Private slot handling the select all context menu action.</td>
525 </tr><tr> 693 </tr>
694 <tr>
526 <td><a href="#Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer">__selectPygmentsLexer</a></td> 695 <td><a href="#Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer">__selectPygmentsLexer</a></td>
527 <td>Private method to select a specific pygments lexer.</td> 696 <td>Private method to select a specific pygments lexer.</td>
528 </tr><tr> 697 </tr>
698 <tr>
529 <td><a href="#Editor.__send">__send</a></td> 699 <td><a href="#Editor.__send">__send</a></td>
530 <td>Private method to send an editor command to remote editors.</td> 700 <td>Private method to send an editor command to remote editors.</td>
531 </tr><tr> 701 </tr>
702 <tr>
532 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAnnotation">__setAnnotation</a></td> 703 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAnnotation">__setAnnotation</a></td>
533 <td>Private method to set the annotations for the given line.</td> 704 <td>Private method to set the annotations for the given line.</td>
534 </tr><tr> 705 </tr>
706 <tr>
535 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAnnotationStyles">__setAnnotationStyles</a></td> 707 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAnnotationStyles">__setAnnotationStyles</a></td>
536 <td>Private slot to define the style used by inline annotations.</td> 708 <td>Private slot to define the style used by inline annotations.</td>
537 </tr><tr> 709 </tr>
710 <tr>
538 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAutoCompletion">__setAutoCompletion</a></td> 711 <td><a href="#Editor.__setAutoCompletion">__setAutoCompletion</a></td>
539 <td>Private method to configure the autocompletion function.</td> 712 <td>Private method to configure the autocompletion function.</td>
540 </tr><tr> 713 </tr>
714 <tr>
541 <td><a href="#Editor.__setCallTips">__setCallTips</a></td> 715 <td><a href="#Editor.__setCallTips">__setCallTips</a></td>
542 <td>Private method to configure the calltips function.</td> 716 <td>Private method to configure the calltips function.</td>
543 </tr><tr> 717 </tr>
718 <tr>
544 <td><a href="#Editor.__setEolMode">__setEolMode</a></td> 719 <td><a href="#Editor.__setEolMode">__setEolMode</a></td>
545 <td>Private method to configure the eol mode of the editor.</td> 720 <td>Private method to configure the eol mode of the editor.</td>
546 </tr><tr> 721 </tr>
722 <tr>
547 <td><a href="#Editor.__setLineMarkerColours">__setLineMarkerColours</a></td> 723 <td><a href="#Editor.__setLineMarkerColours">__setLineMarkerColours</a></td>
548 <td>Private method to set the line marker colours.</td> 724 <td>Private method to set the line marker colours.</td>
549 </tr><tr> 725 </tr>
726 <tr>
550 <td><a href="#Editor.__setMarginsDisplay">__setMarginsDisplay</a></td> 727 <td><a href="#Editor.__setMarginsDisplay">__setMarginsDisplay</a></td>
551 <td>Private method to configure margins 0 and 2.</td> 728 <td>Private method to configure margins 0 and 2.</td>
552 </tr><tr> 729 </tr>
730 <tr>
553 <td><a href="#Editor.__setSpelling">__setSpelling</a></td> 731 <td><a href="#Editor.__setSpelling">__setSpelling</a></td>
554 <td>Private method to initialize the spell checking functionality.</td> 732 <td>Private method to initialize the spell checking functionality.</td>
555 </tr><tr> 733 </tr>
734 <tr>
556 <td><a href="#Editor.__setSpellingLanguage">__setSpellingLanguage</a></td> 735 <td><a href="#Editor.__setSpellingLanguage">__setSpellingLanguage</a></td>
557 <td>Private slot to set the spell checking language.</td> 736 <td>Private slot to set the spell checking language.</td>
558 </tr><tr> 737 </tr>
738 <tr>
559 <td><a href="#Editor.__setTabAndIndent">__setTabAndIndent</a></td> 739 <td><a href="#Editor.__setTabAndIndent">__setTabAndIndent</a></td>
560 <td>Private method to set indentation size and style and tab width.</td> 740 <td>Private method to set indentation size and style and tab width.</td>
561 </tr><tr> 741 </tr>
742 <tr>
562 <td><a href="#Editor.__setTextDisplay">__setTextDisplay</a></td> 743 <td><a href="#Editor.__setTextDisplay">__setTextDisplay</a></td>
563 <td>Private method to configure the text display.</td> 744 <td>Private method to configure the text display.</td>
564 </tr><tr> 745 </tr>
746 <tr>
565 <td><a href="#Editor.__showApplicationDiagram">__showApplicationDiagram</a></td> 747 <td><a href="#Editor.__showApplicationDiagram">__showApplicationDiagram</a></td>
566 <td>Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.</td> 748 <td>Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.</td>
567 </tr><tr> 749 </tr>
750 <tr>
568 <td><a href="#Editor.__showClassDiagram">__showClassDiagram</a></td> 751 <td><a href="#Editor.__showClassDiagram">__showClassDiagram</a></td>
569 <td>Private method to handle the Class Diagram context menu action.</td> 752 <td>Private method to handle the Class Diagram context menu action.</td>
570 </tr><tr> 753 </tr>
754 <tr>
571 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeCoverage">__showCodeCoverage</a></td> 755 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeCoverage">__showCodeCoverage</a></td>
572 <td>Private method to handle the code coverage context menu action.</td> 756 <td>Private method to handle the code coverage context menu action.</td>
573 </tr><tr> 757 </tr>
758 <tr>
574 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeInfo">__showCodeInfo</a></td> 759 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeInfo">__showCodeInfo</a></td>
575 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu action to show code info.</td> 760 <td>Private slot to handle the context menu action to show code info.</td>
576 </tr><tr> 761 </tr>
762 <tr>
577 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeMetrics">__showCodeMetrics</a></td> 763 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCodeMetrics">__showCodeMetrics</a></td>
578 <td>Private method to handle the code metrics context menu action.</td> 764 <td>Private method to handle the code metrics context menu action.</td>
579 </tr><tr> 765 </tr>
766 <tr>
580 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCompletionsList">__showCompletionsList</a></td> 767 <td><a href="#Editor.__showCompletionsList">__showCompletionsList</a></td>
581 <td>Private method to show the completions list.</td> 768 <td>Private method to show the completions list.</td>
582 </tr><tr> 769 </tr>
770 <tr>
583 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenu">__showContextMenu</a></td> 771 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenu">__showContextMenu</a></td>
584 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the context menu.</td> 772 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the context menu.</td>
585 </tr><tr> 773 </tr>
774 <tr>
586 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion">__showContextMenuAutocompletion</a></td> 775 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion">__showContextMenuAutocompletion</a></td>
587 <td>Private slot called before the autocompletion menu is shown.</td> 776 <td>Private slot called before the autocompletion menu is shown.</td>
588 </tr><tr> 777 </tr>
778 <tr>
589 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuChecks">__showContextMenuChecks</a></td> 779 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuChecks">__showContextMenuChecks</a></td>
590 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the checks context menu.</td> 780 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the checks context menu.</td>
591 </tr><tr> 781 </tr>
782 <tr>
592 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings">__showContextMenuEncodings</a></td> 783 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings">__showContextMenuEncodings</a></td>
593 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the encodings context menu.</td> 784 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the encodings context menu.</td>
594 </tr><tr> 785 </tr>
786 <tr>
595 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuEol">__showContextMenuEol</a></td> 787 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuEol">__showContextMenuEol</a></td>
596 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the eol context menu.</td> 788 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the eol context menu.</td>
597 </tr><tr> 789 </tr>
790 <tr>
598 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics">__showContextMenuGraphics</a></td> 791 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics">__showContextMenuGraphics</a></td>
599 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the diagrams context menu.</td> 792 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the diagrams context menu.</td>
600 </tr><tr> 793 </tr>
794 <tr>
601 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages">__showContextMenuLanguages</a></td> 795 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages">__showContextMenuLanguages</a></td>
602 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the languages context menu.</td> 796 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the languages context menu.</td>
603 </tr><tr> 797 </tr>
798 <tr>
604 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuMargin">__showContextMenuMargin</a></td> 799 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuMargin">__showContextMenuMargin</a></td>
605 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the margins context menu.</td> 800 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the margins context menu.</td>
606 </tr><tr> 801 </tr>
802 <tr>
607 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuResources">__showContextMenuResources</a></td> 803 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuResources">__showContextMenuResources</a></td>
608 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the resources context menu.</td> 804 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the resources context menu.</td>
609 </tr><tr> 805 </tr>
806 <tr>
610 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuShow">__showContextMenuShow</a></td> 807 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuShow">__showContextMenuShow</a></td>
611 <td>Private slot called before the show menu is shown.</td> 808 <td>Private slot called before the show menu is shown.</td>
612 </tr><tr> 809 </tr>
810 <tr>
613 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling">__showContextMenuSpelling</a></td> 811 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling">__showContextMenuSpelling</a></td>
614 <td>Private slot to set up the spelling menu before it is shown.</td> 812 <td>Private slot to set up the spelling menu before it is shown.</td>
615 </tr><tr> 813 </tr>
814 <tr>
616 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuTools">__showContextMenuTools</a></td> 815 <td><a href="#Editor.__showContextMenuTools">__showContextMenuTools</a></td>
617 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the tools context menu.</td> 816 <td>Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the tools context menu.</td>
618 </tr><tr> 817 </tr>
818 <tr>
619 <td><a href="#Editor.__showImportsDiagram">__showImportsDiagram</a></td> 819 <td><a href="#Editor.__showImportsDiagram">__showImportsDiagram</a></td>
620 <td>Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.</td> 820 <td>Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.</td>
621 </tr><tr> 821 </tr>
822 <tr>
622 <td><a href="#Editor.__showPackageDiagram">__showPackageDiagram</a></td> 823 <td><a href="#Editor.__showPackageDiagram">__showPackageDiagram</a></td>
623 <td>Private method to handle the Package Diagram context menu action.</td> 824 <td>Private method to handle the Package Diagram context menu action.</td>
624 </tr><tr> 825 </tr>
826 <tr>
625 <td><a href="#Editor.__showProfileData">__showProfileData</a></td> 827 <td><a href="#Editor.__showProfileData">__showProfileData</a></td>
626 <td>Private method to handle the show profile data context menu action.</td> 828 <td>Private method to handle the show profile data context menu action.</td>
627 </tr><tr> 829 </tr>
830 <tr>
628 <td><a href="#Editor.__showSyntaxError">__showSyntaxError</a></td> 831 <td><a href="#Editor.__showSyntaxError">__showSyntaxError</a></td>
629 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Show syntax error message' context menu action.</td> 832 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Show syntax error message' context menu action.</td>
630 </tr><tr> 833 </tr>
834 <tr>
631 <td><a href="#Editor.__showWarning">__showWarning</a></td> 835 <td><a href="#Editor.__showWarning">__showWarning</a></td>
632 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Show warning' context menu action.</td> 836 <td>Private slot to handle the 'Show warning' context menu action.</td>
633 </tr><tr> 837 </tr>
838 <tr>
634 <td><a href="#Editor.__spellCharAdded">__spellCharAdded</a></td> 839 <td><a href="#Editor.__spellCharAdded">__spellCharAdded</a></td>
635 <td>Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.</td> 840 <td>Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.</td>
636 </tr><tr> 841 </tr>
842 <tr>
637 <td><a href="#Editor.__styleNeeded">__styleNeeded</a></td> 843 <td><a href="#Editor.__styleNeeded">__styleNeeded</a></td>
638 <td>Private slot to handle the need for more styling.</td> 844 <td>Private slot to handle the need for more styling.</td>
639 </tr><tr> 845 </tr>
846 <tr>
640 <td><a href="#Editor.__textChanged">__textChanged</a></td> 847 <td><a href="#Editor.__textChanged">__textChanged</a></td>
641 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the editor text.</td> 848 <td>Private slot to handle a change of the editor text.</td>
642 </tr><tr> 849 </tr>
850 <tr>
643 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable">__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</a></td> 851 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable">__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</a></td>
644 <td>Private slot to handle the Enable Autocompletion context menu entry.</td> 852 <td>Private slot to handle the Enable Autocompletion context menu entry.</td>
645 </tr><tr> 853 </tr>
854 <tr>
646 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleBreakpoint">__toggleBreakpoint</a></td> 855 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleBreakpoint">__toggleBreakpoint</a></td>
647 <td>Private method to toggle a breakpoint.</td> 856 <td>Private method to toggle a breakpoint.</td>
648 </tr><tr> 857 </tr>
858 <tr>
649 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled">__toggleBreakpointEnabled</a></td> 859 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled">__toggleBreakpointEnabled</a></td>
650 <td>Private method to toggle a breakpoints enabled status.</td> 860 <td>Private method to toggle a breakpoints enabled status.</td>
651 </tr><tr> 861 </tr>
862 <tr>
652 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleTypingAids">__toggleTypingAids</a></td> 863 <td><a href="#Editor.__toggleTypingAids">__toggleTypingAids</a></td>
653 <td>Private slot to toggle the typing aids.</td> 864 <td>Private slot to toggle the typing aids.</td>
654 </tr><tr> 865 </tr>
866 <tr>
655 <td><a href="#Editor.__updateReadOnly">__updateReadOnly</a></td> 867 <td><a href="#Editor.__updateReadOnly">__updateReadOnly</a></td>
656 <td>Private method to update the readOnly information for this editor.</td> 868 <td>Private method to update the readOnly information for this editor.</td>
657 </tr><tr> 869 </tr>
870 <tr>
658 <td><a href="#Editor.addCallTipHook">addCallTipHook</a></td> 871 <td><a href="#Editor.addCallTipHook">addCallTipHook</a></td>
659 <td>Public method to set a calltip provider.</td> 872 <td>Public method to set a calltip provider.</td>
660 </tr><tr> 873 </tr>
874 <tr>
661 <td><a href="#Editor.addClone">addClone</a></td> 875 <td><a href="#Editor.addClone">addClone</a></td>
662 <td>Public method to add a clone to our list.</td> 876 <td>Public method to add a clone to our list.</td>
663 </tr><tr> 877 </tr>
878 <tr>
664 <td><a href="#Editor.addCompletionListHook">addCompletionListHook</a></td> 879 <td><a href="#Editor.addCompletionListHook">addCompletionListHook</a></td>
665 <td>Public method to set an auto-completion list provider.</td> 880 <td>Public method to set an auto-completion list provider.</td>
666 </tr><tr> 881 </tr>
882 <tr>
667 <td><a href="#Editor.addedToProject">addedToProject</a></td> 883 <td><a href="#Editor.addedToProject">addedToProject</a></td>
668 <td>Public method to signal, that this editor has been added to a project.</td> 884 <td>Public method to signal, that this editor has been added to a project.</td>
669 </tr><tr> 885 </tr>
886 <tr>
670 <td><a href="#Editor.autoComplete">autoComplete</a></td> 887 <td><a href="#Editor.autoComplete">autoComplete</a></td>
671 <td>Public method to start auto-completion.</td> 888 <td>Public method to start auto-completion.</td>
672 </tr><tr> 889 </tr>
890 <tr>
673 <td><a href="#Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla">autoCompleteQScintilla</a></td> 891 <td><a href="#Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla">autoCompleteQScintilla</a></td>
674 <td>Public method to perform an autocompletion using QScintilla methods.</td> 892 <td>Public method to perform an autocompletion using QScintilla methods.</td>
675 </tr><tr> 893 </tr>
894 <tr>
676 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentLine">boxCommentLine</a></td> 895 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentLine">boxCommentLine</a></td>
677 <td>Public slot to box comment the current line.</td> 896 <td>Public slot to box comment the current line.</td>
678 </tr><tr> 897 </tr>
898 <tr>
679 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection">boxCommentLineOrSelection</a></td> 899 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection">boxCommentLineOrSelection</a></td>
680 <td>Public slot to box comment the current line or current selection.</td> 900 <td>Public slot to box comment the current line or current selection.</td>
681 </tr><tr> 901 </tr>
902 <tr>
682 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentSelection">boxCommentSelection</a></td> 903 <td><a href="#Editor.boxCommentSelection">boxCommentSelection</a></td>
683 <td>Public slot to box comment the current selection.</td> 904 <td>Public slot to box comment the current selection.</td>
684 </tr><tr> 905 </tr>
906 <tr>
685 <td><a href="#Editor.callTip">callTip</a></td> 907 <td><a href="#Editor.callTip">callTip</a></td>
686 <td>Public method to show calltips.</td> 908 <td>Public method to show calltips.</td>
687 </tr><tr> 909 </tr>
910 <tr>
688 <td><a href="#Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs">canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</a></td> 911 <td><a href="#Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs">canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</a></td>
689 <td>Public method to check for API availablity.</td> 912 <td>Public method to check for API availablity.</td>
690 </tr><tr> 913 </tr>
914 <tr>
691 <td><a href="#Editor.canProvideCallTipps">canProvideCallTipps</a></td> 915 <td><a href="#Editor.canProvideCallTipps">canProvideCallTipps</a></td>
692 <td>Public method to test the calltips availability.</td> 916 <td>Public method to test the calltips availability.</td>
693 </tr><tr> 917 </tr>
918 <tr>
694 <td><a href="#Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion">canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</a></td> 919 <td><a href="#Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion">canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</a></td>
695 <td>Public method to test the dynamic auto-completion availability.</td> 920 <td>Public method to test the dynamic auto-completion availability.</td>
696 </tr><tr> 921 </tr>
922 <tr>
697 <td><a href="#Editor.cancelSharedEdit">cancelSharedEdit</a></td> 923 <td><a href="#Editor.cancelSharedEdit">cancelSharedEdit</a></td>
698 <td>Public slot to cancel a shared edit session for the editor.</td> 924 <td>Public slot to cancel a shared edit session for the editor.</td>
699 </tr><tr> 925 </tr>
926 <tr>
700 <td><a href="#Editor.changeEvent">changeEvent</a></td> 927 <td><a href="#Editor.changeEvent">changeEvent</a></td>
701 <td>Protected method called to process an event.</td> 928 <td>Protected method called to process an event.</td>
702 </tr><tr> 929 </tr>
930 <tr>
703 <td><a href="#Editor.checkDirty">checkDirty</a></td> 931 <td><a href="#Editor.checkDirty">checkDirty</a></td>
704 <td>Public method to check dirty status and open a message window.</td> 932 <td>Public method to check dirty status and open a message window.</td>
705 </tr><tr> 933 </tr>
934 <tr>
706 <td><a href="#Editor.checkSpelling">checkSpelling</a></td> 935 <td><a href="#Editor.checkSpelling">checkSpelling</a></td>
707 <td>Public slot to perform an interactive spell check of the document.</td> 936 <td>Public slot to perform an interactive spell check of the document.</td>
708 </tr><tr> 937 </tr>
938 <tr>
709 <td><a href="#Editor.checkSyntax">checkSyntax</a></td> 939 <td><a href="#Editor.checkSyntax">checkSyntax</a></td>
710 <td>Public method to perform an automatic syntax check of the file.</td> 940 <td>Public method to perform an automatic syntax check of the file.</td>
711 </tr><tr> 941 </tr>
942 <tr>
712 <td><a href="#Editor.clearAllHighlights">clearAllHighlights</a></td> 943 <td><a href="#Editor.clearAllHighlights">clearAllHighlights</a></td>
713 <td>Public method to clear all highlights.</td> 944 <td>Public method to clear all highlights.</td>
714 </tr><tr> 945 </tr>
946 <tr>
715 <td><a href="#Editor.clearBookmarks">clearBookmarks</a></td> 947 <td><a href="#Editor.clearBookmarks">clearBookmarks</a></td>
716 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Clear all bookmarks' context menu action.</td> 948 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Clear all bookmarks' context menu action.</td>
717 </tr><tr> 949 </tr>
950 <tr>
718 <td><a href="#Editor.clearBreakpoint">clearBreakpoint</a></td> 951 <td><a href="#Editor.clearBreakpoint">clearBreakpoint</a></td>
719 <td>Public method to clear a breakpoint.</td> 952 <td>Public method to clear a breakpoint.</td>
720 </tr><tr> 953 </tr>
954 <tr>
721 <td><a href="#Editor.clearFlakesWarnings">clearFlakesWarnings</a></td> 955 <td><a href="#Editor.clearFlakesWarnings">clearFlakesWarnings</a></td>
722 <td>Public slot to clear all pyflakes warnings.</td> 956 <td>Public slot to clear all pyflakes warnings.</td>
723 </tr><tr> 957 </tr>
958 <tr>
724 <td><a href="#Editor.clearHighlight">clearHighlight</a></td> 959 <td><a href="#Editor.clearHighlight">clearHighlight</a></td>
725 <td>Public method to clear a text highlight.</td> 960 <td>Public method to clear a text highlight.</td>
726 </tr><tr> 961 </tr>
962 <tr>
727 <td><a href="#Editor.clearSearchIndicators">clearSearchIndicators</a></td> 963 <td><a href="#Editor.clearSearchIndicators">clearSearchIndicators</a></td>
728 <td>Public method to clear all search indicators.</td> 964 <td>Public method to clear all search indicators.</td>
729 </tr><tr> 965 </tr>
966 <tr>
730 <td><a href="#Editor.clearStyleWarnings">clearStyleWarnings</a></td> 967 <td><a href="#Editor.clearStyleWarnings">clearStyleWarnings</a></td>
731 <td>Public slot to clear all style warnings.</td> 968 <td>Public slot to clear all style warnings.</td>
732 </tr><tr> 969 </tr>
970 <tr>
733 <td><a href="#Editor.clearStyles">clearStyles</a></td> 971 <td><a href="#Editor.clearStyles">clearStyles</a></td>
734 <td>Public method to set the styles according the selected Qt style or the selected editor colours.</td> 972 <td>Public method to set the styles according the selected Qt style or the selected editor colours.</td>
735 </tr><tr> 973 </tr>
974 <tr>
736 <td><a href="#Editor.clearSyntaxError">clearSyntaxError</a></td> 975 <td><a href="#Editor.clearSyntaxError">clearSyntaxError</a></td>
737 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Clear all syntax error' context menu action.</td> 976 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Clear all syntax error' context menu action.</td>
738 </tr><tr> 977 </tr>
978 <tr>
739 <td><a href="#Editor.clearWarnings">clearWarnings</a></td> 979 <td><a href="#Editor.clearWarnings">clearWarnings</a></td>
740 <td>Public slot to clear all warnings.</td> 980 <td>Public slot to clear all warnings.</td>
741 </tr><tr> 981 </tr>
982 <tr>
742 <td><a href="#Editor.close">close</a></td> 983 <td><a href="#Editor.close">close</a></td>
743 <td>Public method called when the window gets closed.</td> 984 <td>Public method called when the window gets closed.</td>
744 </tr><tr> 985 </tr>
986 <tr>
745 <td><a href="#Editor.closeIt">closeIt</a></td> 987 <td><a href="#Editor.closeIt">closeIt</a></td>
746 <td>Public method called by the viewmanager to finally get rid of us.</td> 988 <td>Public method called by the viewmanager to finally get rid of us.</td>
747 </tr><tr> 989 </tr>
990 <tr>
748 <td><a href="#Editor.codeCoverageShowAnnotations">codeCoverageShowAnnotations</a></td> 991 <td><a href="#Editor.codeCoverageShowAnnotations">codeCoverageShowAnnotations</a></td>
749 <td>Public method to handle the show code coverage annotations context menu action.</td> 992 <td>Public method to handle the show code coverage annotations context menu action.</td>
750 </tr><tr> 993 </tr>
994 <tr>
751 <td><a href="#Editor.collapseFoldWithChildren">collapseFoldWithChildren</a></td> 995 <td><a href="#Editor.collapseFoldWithChildren">collapseFoldWithChildren</a></td>
752 <td>Public slot to collapse the current fold including its children.</td> 996 <td>Public slot to collapse the current fold including its children.</td>
753 </tr><tr> 997 </tr>
998 <tr>
754 <td><a href="#Editor.commentLine">commentLine</a></td> 999 <td><a href="#Editor.commentLine">commentLine</a></td>
755 <td>Public slot to comment the current line.</td> 1000 <td>Public slot to comment the current line.</td>
756 </tr><tr> 1001 </tr>
1002 <tr>
757 <td><a href="#Editor.commentLineOrSelection">commentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1003 <td><a href="#Editor.commentLineOrSelection">commentLineOrSelection</a></td>
758 <td>Public slot to comment the current line or current selection.</td> 1004 <td>Public slot to comment the current line or current selection.</td>
759 </tr><tr> 1005 </tr>
1006 <tr>
760 <td><a href="#Editor.commentSelection">commentSelection</a></td> 1007 <td><a href="#Editor.commentSelection">commentSelection</a></td>
761 <td>Public slot to comment the current selection.</td> 1008 <td>Public slot to comment the current selection.</td>
762 </tr><tr> 1009 </tr>
1010 <tr>
763 <td><a href="#Editor.completionsListReady">completionsListReady</a></td> 1011 <td><a href="#Editor.completionsListReady">completionsListReady</a></td>
764 <td>Public method to show the completions determined by a completions provider.</td> 1012 <td>Public method to show the completions determined by a completions provider.</td>
765 </tr><tr> 1013 </tr>
1014 <tr>
766 <td><a href="#Editor.contextMenuEvent">contextMenuEvent</a></td> 1015 <td><a href="#Editor.contextMenuEvent">contextMenuEvent</a></td>
767 <td>Protected method implementing the context menu event.</td> 1016 <td>Protected method implementing the context menu event.</td>
768 </tr><tr> 1017 </tr>
1018 <tr>
769 <td><a href="#Editor.curLineHasBreakpoint">curLineHasBreakpoint</a></td> 1019 <td><a href="#Editor.curLineHasBreakpoint">curLineHasBreakpoint</a></td>
770 <td>Public method to check for the presence of a breakpoint at the current line.</td> 1020 <td>Public method to check for the presence of a breakpoint at the current line.</td>
771 </tr><tr> 1021 </tr>
1022 <tr>
772 <td><a href="#Editor.determineFileType">determineFileType</a></td> 1023 <td><a href="#Editor.determineFileType">determineFileType</a></td>
773 <td>Public method to determine the file type using various tests.</td> 1024 <td>Public method to determine the file type using various tests.</td>
774 </tr><tr> 1025 </tr>
1026 <tr>
775 <td><a href="#Editor.dragEnterEvent">dragEnterEvent</a></td> 1027 <td><a href="#Editor.dragEnterEvent">dragEnterEvent</a></td>
776 <td>Protected method to handle the drag enter event.</td> 1028 <td>Protected method to handle the drag enter event.</td>
777 </tr><tr> 1029 </tr>
1030 <tr>
778 <td><a href="#Editor.dragLeaveEvent">dragLeaveEvent</a></td> 1031 <td><a href="#Editor.dragLeaveEvent">dragLeaveEvent</a></td>
779 <td>Protected method to handle the drag leave event.</td> 1032 <td>Protected method to handle the drag leave event.</td>
780 </tr><tr> 1033 </tr>
1034 <tr>
781 <td><a href="#Editor.dragMoveEvent">dragMoveEvent</a></td> 1035 <td><a href="#Editor.dragMoveEvent">dragMoveEvent</a></td>
782 <td>Protected method to handle the drag move event.</td> 1036 <td>Protected method to handle the drag move event.</td>
783 </tr><tr> 1037 </tr>
1038 <tr>
784 <td><a href="#Editor.dropEvent">dropEvent</a></td> 1039 <td><a href="#Editor.dropEvent">dropEvent</a></td>
785 <td>Protected method to handle the drop event.</td> 1040 <td>Protected method to handle the drop event.</td>
786 </tr><tr> 1041 </tr>
1042 <tr>
787 <td><a href="#Editor.editorCommand">editorCommand</a></td> 1043 <td><a href="#Editor.editorCommand">editorCommand</a></td>
788 <td>Public method to perform a simple editor command.</td> 1044 <td>Public method to perform a simple editor command.</td>
789 </tr><tr> 1045 </tr>
1046 <tr>
790 <td><a href="#Editor.ensureVisible">ensureVisible</a></td> 1047 <td><a href="#Editor.ensureVisible">ensureVisible</a></td>
791 <td>Public slot to ensure, that the specified line is visible.</td> 1048 <td>Public slot to ensure, that the specified line is visible.</td>
792 </tr><tr> 1049 </tr>
1050 <tr>
793 <td><a href="#Editor.ensureVisibleTop">ensureVisibleTop</a></td> 1051 <td><a href="#Editor.ensureVisibleTop">ensureVisibleTop</a></td>
794 <td>Public slot to ensure, that the specified line is visible at the top of the editor.</td> 1052 <td>Public slot to ensure, that the specified line is visible at the top of the editor.</td>
795 </tr><tr> 1053 </tr>
1054 <tr>
796 <td><a href="#Editor.event">event</a></td> 1055 <td><a href="#Editor.event">event</a></td>
797 <td>Public method handling events.</td> 1056 <td>Public method handling events.</td>
798 </tr><tr> 1057 </tr>
1058 <tr>
799 <td><a href="#Editor.expandFoldWithChildren">expandFoldWithChildren</a></td> 1059 <td><a href="#Editor.expandFoldWithChildren">expandFoldWithChildren</a></td>
800 <td>Public slot to expand the current fold including its children.</td> 1060 <td>Public slot to expand the current fold including its children.</td>
801 </tr><tr> 1061 </tr>
1062 <tr>
802 <td><a href="#Editor.exportFile">exportFile</a></td> 1063 <td><a href="#Editor.exportFile">exportFile</a></td>
803 <td>Public method to export the file.</td> 1064 <td>Public method to export the file.</td>
804 </tr><tr> 1065 </tr>
1066 <tr>
805 <td><a href="#Editor.extractTasks">extractTasks</a></td> 1067 <td><a href="#Editor.extractTasks">extractTasks</a></td>
806 <td>Public slot to extract all tasks.</td> 1068 <td>Public slot to extract all tasks.</td>
807 </tr><tr> 1069 </tr>
1070 <tr>
808 <td><a href="#Editor.fileRenamed">fileRenamed</a></td> 1071 <td><a href="#Editor.fileRenamed">fileRenamed</a></td>
809 <td>Public slot to handle the editorRenamed signal.</td> 1072 <td>Public slot to handle the editorRenamed signal.</td>
810 </tr><tr> 1073 </tr>
1074 <tr>
811 <td><a href="#Editor.focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a></td> 1075 <td><a href="#Editor.focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a></td>
812 <td>Protected method called when the editor receives focus.</td> 1076 <td>Protected method called when the editor receives focus.</td>
813 </tr><tr> 1077 </tr>
1078 <tr>
814 <td><a href="#Editor.focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a></td> 1079 <td><a href="#Editor.focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a></td>
815 <td>Protected method called when the editor loses focus.</td> 1080 <td>Protected method called when the editor loses focus.</td>
816 </tr><tr> 1081 </tr>
1082 <tr>
817 <td><a href="#Editor.gestureEvent">gestureEvent</a></td> 1083 <td><a href="#Editor.gestureEvent">gestureEvent</a></td>
818 <td>Protected method handling gesture events.</td> 1084 <td>Protected method handling gesture events.</td>
819 </tr><tr> 1085 </tr>
1086 <tr>
820 <td><a href="#Editor.getApiLanguage">getApiLanguage</a></td> 1087 <td><a href="#Editor.getApiLanguage">getApiLanguage</a></td>
821 <td>Public method to get the API language of the editor.</td> 1088 <td>Public method to get the API language of the editor.</td>
822 </tr><tr> 1089 </tr>
1090 <tr>
823 <td><a href="#Editor.getBookmarkLines">getBookmarkLines</a></td> 1091 <td><a href="#Editor.getBookmarkLines">getBookmarkLines</a></td>
824 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a bookmark.</td> 1092 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a bookmark.</td>
825 </tr><tr> 1093 </tr>
1094 <tr>
826 <td><a href="#Editor.getBookmarks">getBookmarks</a></td> 1095 <td><a href="#Editor.getBookmarks">getBookmarks</a></td>
827 <td>Public method to retrieve the bookmarks.</td> 1096 <td>Public method to retrieve the bookmarks.</td>
828 </tr><tr> 1097 </tr>
1098 <tr>
829 <td><a href="#Editor.getBreakpointLines">getBreakpointLines</a></td> 1099 <td><a href="#Editor.getBreakpointLines">getBreakpointLines</a></td>
830 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a breakpoint.</td> 1100 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a breakpoint.</td>
831 </tr><tr> 1101 </tr>
1102 <tr>
832 <td><a href="#Editor.getCallTipHook">getCallTipHook</a></td> 1103 <td><a href="#Editor.getCallTipHook">getCallTipHook</a></td>
833 <td>Public method to get the registered calltip provider.</td> 1104 <td>Public method to get the registered calltip provider.</td>
834 </tr><tr> 1105 </tr>
1106 <tr>
835 <td><a href="#Editor.getChangeLines">getChangeLines</a></td> 1107 <td><a href="#Editor.getChangeLines">getChangeLines</a></td>
836 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a change.</td> 1108 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a change.</td>
837 </tr><tr> 1109 </tr>
1110 <tr>
838 <td><a href="#Editor.getCompleter">getCompleter</a></td> 1111 <td><a href="#Editor.getCompleter">getCompleter</a></td>
839 <td>Public method to retrieve a reference to the completer object.</td> 1112 <td>Public method to retrieve a reference to the completer object.</td>
840 </tr><tr> 1113 </tr>
1114 <tr>
841 <td><a href="#Editor.getCompletionListHook">getCompletionListHook</a></td> 1115 <td><a href="#Editor.getCompletionListHook">getCompletionListHook</a></td>
842 <td>Public method to get the registered completion list provider.</td> 1116 <td>Public method to get the registered completion list provider.</td>
843 </tr><tr> 1117 </tr>
1118 <tr>
844 <td><a href="#Editor.getCoverageLines">getCoverageLines</a></td> 1119 <td><a href="#Editor.getCoverageLines">getCoverageLines</a></td>
845 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a coverage marker.</td> 1120 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a coverage marker.</td>
846 </tr><tr> 1121 </tr>
1122 <tr>
847 <td><a href="#Editor.getCurrentWord">getCurrentWord</a></td> 1123 <td><a href="#Editor.getCurrentWord">getCurrentWord</a></td>
848 <td>Public method to get the word at the current position.</td> 1124 <td>Public method to get the word at the current position.</td>
849 </tr><tr> 1125 </tr>
1126 <tr>
850 <td><a href="#Editor.getCurrentWordBoundaries">getCurrentWordBoundaries</a></td> 1127 <td><a href="#Editor.getCurrentWordBoundaries">getCurrentWordBoundaries</a></td>
851 <td>Public method to get the word boundaries at the current position.</td> 1128 <td>Public method to get the word boundaries at the current position.</td>
852 </tr><tr> 1129 </tr>
1130 <tr>
853 <td><a href="#Editor.getEditorConfig">getEditorConfig</a></td> 1131 <td><a href="#Editor.getEditorConfig">getEditorConfig</a></td>
854 <td>Public method to get the requested option via EditorConfig.</td> 1132 <td>Public method to get the requested option via EditorConfig.</td>
855 </tr><tr> 1133 </tr>
1134 <tr>
856 <td><a href="#Editor.getEncoding">getEncoding</a></td> 1135 <td><a href="#Editor.getEncoding">getEncoding</a></td>
857 <td>Public method to return the current encoding.</td> 1136 <td>Public method to return the current encoding.</td>
858 </tr><tr> 1137 </tr>
1138 <tr>
859 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileName">getFileName</a></td> 1139 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileName">getFileName</a></td>
860 <td>Public method to return the name of the file being displayed.</td> 1140 <td>Public method to return the name of the file being displayed.</td>
861 </tr><tr> 1141 </tr>
1142 <tr>
862 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileType">getFileType</a></td> 1143 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileType">getFileType</a></td>
863 <td>Public method to return the type of the file being displayed.</td> 1144 <td>Public method to return the type of the file being displayed.</td>
864 </tr><tr> 1145 </tr>
1146 <tr>
865 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileTypeByFlag">getFileTypeByFlag</a></td> 1147 <td><a href="#Editor.getFileTypeByFlag">getFileTypeByFlag</a></td>
866 <td>Public method to return the type of the file, if it was set by an eflag: marker.</td> 1148 <td>Public method to return the type of the file, if it was set by an eflag: marker.</td>
867 </tr><tr> 1149 </tr>
1150 <tr>
868 <td><a href="#Editor.getHighlightPosition">getHighlightPosition</a></td> 1151 <td><a href="#Editor.getHighlightPosition">getHighlightPosition</a></td>
869 <td>Public method to return the position of the highlight bar.</td> 1152 <td>Public method to return the position of the highlight bar.</td>
870 </tr><tr> 1153 </tr>
1154 <tr>
871 <td><a href="#Editor.getLanguage">getLanguage</a></td> 1155 <td><a href="#Editor.getLanguage">getLanguage</a></td>
872 <td>Public method to retrieve the language of the editor.</td> 1156 <td>Public method to retrieve the language of the editor.</td>
873 </tr><tr> 1157 </tr>
1158 <tr>
874 <td><a href="#Editor.getLexer">getLexer</a></td> 1159 <td><a href="#Editor.getLexer">getLexer</a></td>
875 <td>Public method to retrieve a reference to the lexer object.</td> 1160 <td>Public method to retrieve a reference to the lexer object.</td>
876 </tr><tr> 1161 </tr>
1162 <tr>
877 <td><a href="#Editor.getMenu">getMenu</a></td> 1163 <td><a href="#Editor.getMenu">getMenu</a></td>
878 <td>Public method to get a reference to the main context menu or a submenu.</td> 1164 <td>Public method to get a reference to the main context menu or a submenu.</td>
879 </tr><tr> 1165 </tr>
1166 <tr>
880 <td><a href="#Editor.getMouseClickHandler">getMouseClickHandler</a></td> 1167 <td><a href="#Editor.getMouseClickHandler">getMouseClickHandler</a></td>
881 <td>Public method to get a registered mouse click handler.</td> 1168 <td>Public method to get a registered mouse click handler.</td>
882 </tr><tr> 1169 </tr>
1170 <tr>
883 <td><a href="#Editor.getMouseClickHandlers">getMouseClickHandlers</a></td> 1171 <td><a href="#Editor.getMouseClickHandlers">getMouseClickHandlers</a></td>
884 <td>Public method to get all registered mouse click handlers of a plug-in.</td> 1172 <td>Public method to get all registered mouse click handlers of a plug-in.</td>
885 </tr><tr> 1173 </tr>
1174 <tr>
886 <td><a href="#Editor.getNoName">getNoName</a></td> 1175 <td><a href="#Editor.getNoName">getNoName</a></td>
887 <td>Public method to get the display string for an unnamed editor.</td> 1176 <td>Public method to get the display string for an unnamed editor.</td>
888 </tr><tr> 1177 </tr>
1178 <tr>
889 <td><a href="#Editor.getSearchIndicatorLines">getSearchIndicatorLines</a></td> 1179 <td><a href="#Editor.getSearchIndicatorLines">getSearchIndicatorLines</a></td>
890 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a search indicator.</td> 1180 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a search indicator.</td>
891 </tr><tr> 1181 </tr>
1182 <tr>
892 <td><a href="#Editor.getSearchText">getSearchText</a></td> 1183 <td><a href="#Editor.getSearchText">getSearchText</a></td>
893 <td>Public method to determine the selection or the current word for the next search operation.</td> 1184 <td>Public method to determine the selection or the current word for the next search operation.</td>
894 </tr><tr> 1185 </tr>
1186 <tr>
895 <td><a href="#Editor.getSharingStatus">getSharingStatus</a></td> 1187 <td><a href="#Editor.getSharingStatus">getSharingStatus</a></td>
896 <td>Public method to get some share status info.</td> 1188 <td>Public method to get some share status info.</td>
897 </tr><tr> 1189 </tr>
1190 <tr>
898 <td><a href="#Editor.getSyntaxErrorLines">getSyntaxErrorLines</a></td> 1191 <td><a href="#Editor.getSyntaxErrorLines">getSyntaxErrorLines</a></td>
899 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a syntax error.</td> 1192 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a syntax error.</td>
900 </tr><tr> 1193 </tr>
1194 <tr>
901 <td><a href="#Editor.getSyntaxErrors">getSyntaxErrors</a></td> 1195 <td><a href="#Editor.getSyntaxErrors">getSyntaxErrors</a></td>
902 <td>Public method to retrieve the syntax error markers.</td> 1196 <td>Public method to retrieve the syntax error markers.</td>
903 </tr><tr> 1197 </tr>
1198 <tr>
904 <td><a href="#Editor.getTaskLines">getTaskLines</a></td> 1199 <td><a href="#Editor.getTaskLines">getTaskLines</a></td>
905 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a task.</td> 1200 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a task.</td>
906 </tr><tr> 1201 </tr>
1202 <tr>
907 <td><a href="#Editor.getVcsConflictMarkerLines">getVcsConflictMarkerLines</a></td> 1203 <td><a href="#Editor.getVcsConflictMarkerLines">getVcsConflictMarkerLines</a></td>
908 <td>Public method to determine the lines containing a VCS conflict marker.</td> 1204 <td>Public method to determine the lines containing a VCS conflict marker.</td>
909 </tr><tr> 1205 </tr>
1206 <tr>
910 <td><a href="#Editor.getWarningLines">getWarningLines</a></td> 1207 <td><a href="#Editor.getWarningLines">getWarningLines</a></td>
911 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a warning.</td> 1208 <td>Public method to get the lines containing a warning.</td>
912 </tr><tr> 1209 </tr>
1210 <tr>
913 <td><a href="#Editor.getWarnings">getWarnings</a></td> 1211 <td><a href="#Editor.getWarnings">getWarnings</a></td>
914 <td>Public method to retrieve the warning markers.</td> 1212 <td>Public method to retrieve the warning markers.</td>
915 </tr><tr> 1213 </tr>
1214 <tr>
916 <td><a href="#Editor.getWord">getWord</a></td> 1215 <td><a href="#Editor.getWord">getWord</a></td>
917 <td>Public method to get the word at a position.</td> 1216 <td>Public method to get the word at a position.</td>
918 </tr><tr> 1217 </tr>
1218 <tr>
919 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordBoundaries">getWordBoundaries</a></td> 1219 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordBoundaries">getWordBoundaries</a></td>
920 <td>Public method to get the word boundaries at a position.</td> 1220 <td>Public method to get the word boundaries at a position.</td>
921 </tr><tr> 1221 </tr>
1222 <tr>
922 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordLeft">getWordLeft</a></td> 1223 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordLeft">getWordLeft</a></td>
923 <td>Public method to get the word to the left of a position.</td> 1224 <td>Public method to get the word to the left of a position.</td>
924 </tr><tr> 1225 </tr>
1226 <tr>
925 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordRight">getWordRight</a></td> 1227 <td><a href="#Editor.getWordRight">getWordRight</a></td>
926 <td>Public method to get the word to the right of a position.</td> 1228 <td>Public method to get the word to the right of a position.</td>
927 </tr><tr> 1229 </tr>
1230 <tr>
928 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoLastEditPosition">gotoLastEditPosition</a></td> 1231 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoLastEditPosition">gotoLastEditPosition</a></td>
929 <td>Public method to move the cursor to the last edit position.</td> 1232 <td>Public method to move the cursor to the last edit position.</td>
930 </tr><tr> 1233 </tr>
1234 <tr>
931 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoLine">gotoLine</a></td> 1235 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoLine">gotoLine</a></td>
932 <td>Public slot to jump to the beginning of a line.</td> 1236 <td>Public slot to jump to the beginning of a line.</td>
933 </tr><tr> 1237 </tr>
1238 <tr>
934 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoMethodClass">gotoMethodClass</a></td> 1239 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoMethodClass">gotoMethodClass</a></td>
935 <td>Public method to go to the next Python method or class definition.</td> 1240 <td>Public method to go to the next Python method or class definition.</td>
936 </tr><tr> 1241 </tr>
1242 <tr>
937 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoSyntaxError">gotoSyntaxError</a></td> 1243 <td><a href="#Editor.gotoSyntaxError">gotoSyntaxError</a></td>
938 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Goto syntax error' context menu action.</td> 1244 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Goto syntax error' context menu action.</td>
939 </tr><tr> 1245 </tr>
1246 <tr>
940 <td><a href="#Editor.handleMonospacedEnable">handleMonospacedEnable</a></td> 1247 <td><a href="#Editor.handleMonospacedEnable">handleMonospacedEnable</a></td>
941 <td>Public slot to handle the Use Monospaced Font context menu entry.</td> 1248 <td>Public slot to handle the Use Monospaced Font context menu entry.</td>
942 </tr><tr> 1249 </tr>
1250 <tr>
943 <td><a href="#Editor.handleRenamed">handleRenamed</a></td> 1251 <td><a href="#Editor.handleRenamed">handleRenamed</a></td>
944 <td>Public slot to handle the editorRenamed signal.</td> 1252 <td>Public slot to handle the editorRenamed signal.</td>
945 </tr><tr> 1253 </tr>
1254 <tr>
946 <td><a href="#Editor.hasBookmarks">hasBookmarks</a></td> 1255 <td><a href="#Editor.hasBookmarks">hasBookmarks</a></td>
947 <td>Public method to check for the presence of bookmarks.</td> 1256 <td>Public method to check for the presence of bookmarks.</td>
948 </tr><tr> 1257 </tr>
1258 <tr>
949 <td><a href="#Editor.hasBreakpoints">hasBreakpoints</a></td> 1259 <td><a href="#Editor.hasBreakpoints">hasBreakpoints</a></td>
950 <td>Public method to check for the presence of breakpoints.</td> 1260 <td>Public method to check for the presence of breakpoints.</td>
951 </tr><tr> 1261 </tr>
1262 <tr>
952 <td><a href="#Editor.hasChangeMarkers">hasChangeMarkers</a></td> 1263 <td><a href="#Editor.hasChangeMarkers">hasChangeMarkers</a></td>
953 <td>Public method to determine, if this editor contains any change markers.</td> 1264 <td>Public method to determine, if this editor contains any change markers.</td>
954 </tr><tr> 1265 </tr>
1266 <tr>
955 <td><a href="#Editor.hasCoverageMarkers">hasCoverageMarkers</a></td> 1267 <td><a href="#Editor.hasCoverageMarkers">hasCoverageMarkers</a></td>
956 <td>Public method to test, if there are coverage markers.</td> 1268 <td>Public method to test, if there are coverage markers.</td>
957 </tr><tr> 1269 </tr>
1270 <tr>
958 <td><a href="#Editor.hasMiniMenu">hasMiniMenu</a></td> 1271 <td><a href="#Editor.hasMiniMenu">hasMiniMenu</a></td>
959 <td>Public method to check the miniMenu flag.</td> 1272 <td>Public method to check the miniMenu flag.</td>
960 </tr><tr> 1273 </tr>
1274 <tr>
961 <td><a href="#Editor.hasSyntaxErrors">hasSyntaxErrors</a></td> 1275 <td><a href="#Editor.hasSyntaxErrors">hasSyntaxErrors</a></td>
962 <td>Public method to check for the presence of syntax errors.</td> 1276 <td>Public method to check for the presence of syntax errors.</td>
963 </tr><tr> 1277 </tr>
1278 <tr>
964 <td><a href="#Editor.hasTaskMarkers">hasTaskMarkers</a></td> 1279 <td><a href="#Editor.hasTaskMarkers">hasTaskMarkers</a></td>
965 <td>Public method to determine, if this editor contains any task markers.</td> 1280 <td>Public method to determine, if this editor contains any task markers.</td>
966 </tr><tr> 1281 </tr>
1282 <tr>
967 <td><a href="#Editor.hasWarnings">hasWarnings</a></td> 1283 <td><a href="#Editor.hasWarnings">hasWarnings</a></td>
968 <td>Public method to check for the presence of warnings.</td> 1284 <td>Public method to check for the presence of warnings.</td>
969 </tr><tr> 1285 </tr>
1286 <tr>
970 <td><a href="#Editor.highlight">highlight</a></td> 1287 <td><a href="#Editor.highlight">highlight</a></td>
971 <td>Public method to highlight [or de-highlight] a particular line.</td> 1288 <td>Public method to highlight [or de-highlight] a particular line.</td>
972 </tr><tr> 1289 </tr>
1290 <tr>
973 <td><a href="#Editor.highlightVisible">highlightVisible</a></td> 1291 <td><a href="#Editor.highlightVisible">highlightVisible</a></td>
974 <td>Public method to make sure that the highlight is visible.</td> 1292 <td>Public method to make sure that the highlight is visible.</td>
975 </tr><tr> 1293 </tr>
1294 <tr>
976 <td><a href="#Editor.indentLineOrSelection">indentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1295 <td><a href="#Editor.indentLineOrSelection">indentLineOrSelection</a></td>
977 <td>Public slot to indent the current line or current selection.</td> 1296 <td>Public slot to indent the current line or current selection.</td>
978 </tr><tr> 1297 </tr>
1298 <tr>
979 <td><a href="#Editor.isClone">isClone</a></td> 1299 <td><a href="#Editor.isClone">isClone</a></td>
980 <td>Public method to test, if the given editor is a clone.</td> 1300 <td>Public method to test, if the given editor is a clone.</td>
981 </tr><tr> 1301 </tr>
1302 <tr>
982 <td><a href="#Editor.isJavascriptFile">isJavascriptFile</a></td> 1303 <td><a href="#Editor.isJavascriptFile">isJavascriptFile</a></td>
983 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Javascript file.</td> 1304 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Javascript file.</td>
984 </tr><tr> 1305 </tr>
1306 <tr>
985 <td><a href="#Editor.isLastEditPositionAvailable">isLastEditPositionAvailable</a></td> 1307 <td><a href="#Editor.isLastEditPositionAvailable">isLastEditPositionAvailable</a></td>
986 <td>Public method to check, if a last edit position is available.</td> 1308 <td>Public method to check, if a last edit position is available.</td>
987 </tr><tr> 1309 </tr>
1310 <tr>
988 <td><a href="#Editor.isMicroPythonFile">isMicroPythonFile</a></td> 1311 <td><a href="#Editor.isMicroPythonFile">isMicroPythonFile</a></td>
989 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a MicroPython file.</td> 1312 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a MicroPython file.</td>
990 </tr><tr> 1313 </tr>
1314 <tr>
991 <td><a href="#Editor.isPy2File">isPy2File</a></td> 1315 <td><a href="#Editor.isPy2File">isPy2File</a></td>
992 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python2 file.</td> 1316 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python2 file.</td>
993 </tr><tr> 1317 </tr>
1318 <tr>
994 <td><a href="#Editor.isPy3File">isPy3File</a></td> 1319 <td><a href="#Editor.isPy3File">isPy3File</a></td>
995 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python3 file.</td> 1320 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python3 file.</td>
996 </tr><tr> 1321 </tr>
1322 <tr>
997 <td><a href="#Editor.isPyFile">isPyFile</a></td> 1323 <td><a href="#Editor.isPyFile">isPyFile</a></td>
998 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python (2 or 3) file.</td> 1324 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Python (2 or 3) file.</td>
999 </tr><tr> 1325 </tr>
1326 <tr>
1000 <td><a href="#Editor.isRubyFile">isRubyFile</a></td> 1327 <td><a href="#Editor.isRubyFile">isRubyFile</a></td>
1001 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Ruby file.</td> 1328 <td>Public method to return a flag indicating a Ruby file.</td>
1002 </tr><tr> 1329 </tr>
1330 <tr>
1003 <td><a href="#Editor.isSpellCheckRegion">isSpellCheckRegion</a></td> 1331 <td><a href="#Editor.isSpellCheckRegion">isSpellCheckRegion</a></td>
1004 <td>Public method to check, if the given position is within a region, that should be spell checked.</td> 1332 <td>Public method to check, if the given position is within a region, that should be spell checked.</td>
1005 </tr><tr> 1333 </tr>
1334 <tr>
1006 <td><a href="#Editor.joinLines">joinLines</a></td> 1335 <td><a href="#Editor.joinLines">joinLines</a></td>
1007 <td>Public slot to join the current line with the next one.</td> 1336 <td>Public slot to join the current line with the next one.</td>
1008 </tr><tr> 1337 </tr>
1338 <tr>
1009 <td><a href="#Editor.keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a></td> 1339 <td><a href="#Editor.keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a></td>
1010 <td>Protected method to handle the user input a key at a time.</td> 1340 <td>Protected method to handle the user input a key at a time.</td>
1011 </tr><tr> 1341 </tr>
1342 <tr>
1012 <td><a href="#Editor.macroDelete">macroDelete</a></td> 1343 <td><a href="#Editor.macroDelete">macroDelete</a></td>
1013 <td>Public method to delete a macro.</td> 1344 <td>Public method to delete a macro.</td>
1014 </tr><tr> 1345 </tr>
1346 <tr>
1015 <td><a href="#Editor.macroLoad">macroLoad</a></td> 1347 <td><a href="#Editor.macroLoad">macroLoad</a></td>
1016 <td>Public method to load a macro from a file.</td> 1348 <td>Public method to load a macro from a file.</td>
1017 </tr><tr> 1349 </tr>
1350 <tr>
1018 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRecordingStart">macroRecordingStart</a></td> 1351 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRecordingStart">macroRecordingStart</a></td>
1019 <td>Public method to start macro recording.</td> 1352 <td>Public method to start macro recording.</td>
1020 </tr><tr> 1353 </tr>
1354 <tr>
1021 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRecordingStop">macroRecordingStop</a></td> 1355 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRecordingStop">macroRecordingStop</a></td>
1022 <td>Public method to stop macro recording.</td> 1356 <td>Public method to stop macro recording.</td>
1023 </tr><tr> 1357 </tr>
1358 <tr>
1024 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRun">macroRun</a></td> 1359 <td><a href="#Editor.macroRun">macroRun</a></td>
1025 <td>Public method to execute a macro.</td> 1360 <td>Public method to execute a macro.</td>
1026 </tr><tr> 1361 </tr>
1362 <tr>
1027 <td><a href="#Editor.macroSave">macroSave</a></td> 1363 <td><a href="#Editor.macroSave">macroSave</a></td>
1028 <td>Public method to save a macro to a file.</td> 1364 <td>Public method to save a macro to a file.</td>
1029 </tr><tr> 1365 </tr>
1366 <tr>
1030 <td><a href="#Editor.menuEditBreakpoint">menuEditBreakpoint</a></td> 1367 <td><a href="#Editor.menuEditBreakpoint">menuEditBreakpoint</a></td>
1031 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Edit breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 1368 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Edit breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
1032 </tr><tr> 1369 </tr>
1370 <tr>
1033 <td><a href="#Editor.menuNextBreakpoint">menuNextBreakpoint</a></td> 1371 <td><a href="#Editor.menuNextBreakpoint">menuNextBreakpoint</a></td>
1034 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 1372 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
1035 </tr><tr> 1373 </tr>
1374 <tr>
1036 <td><a href="#Editor.menuPreviousBreakpoint">menuPreviousBreakpoint</a></td> 1375 <td><a href="#Editor.menuPreviousBreakpoint">menuPreviousBreakpoint</a></td>
1037 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 1376 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
1038 </tr><tr> 1377 </tr>
1378 <tr>
1039 <td><a href="#Editor.menuToggleBookmark">menuToggleBookmark</a></td> 1379 <td><a href="#Editor.menuToggleBookmark">menuToggleBookmark</a></td>
1040 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Toggle bookmark' context menu action.</td> 1380 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Toggle bookmark' context menu action.</td>
1041 </tr><tr> 1381 </tr>
1382 <tr>
1042 <td><a href="#Editor.menuToggleBreakpoint">menuToggleBreakpoint</a></td> 1383 <td><a href="#Editor.menuToggleBreakpoint">menuToggleBreakpoint</a></td>
1043 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Toggle breakpoint' context menu action.</td> 1384 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Toggle breakpoint' context menu action.</td>
1044 </tr><tr> 1385 </tr>
1386 <tr>
1045 <td><a href="#Editor.mouseDoubleClickEvent">mouseDoubleClickEvent</a></td> 1387 <td><a href="#Editor.mouseDoubleClickEvent">mouseDoubleClickEvent</a></td>
1046 <td>Protected method to handle mouse double click events.</td> 1388 <td>Protected method to handle mouse double click events.</td>
1047 </tr><tr> 1389 </tr>
1390 <tr>
1048 <td><a href="#Editor.mousePressEvent">mousePressEvent</a></td> 1391 <td><a href="#Editor.mousePressEvent">mousePressEvent</a></td>
1049 <td>Protected method to handle the mouse press event.</td> 1392 <td>Protected method to handle the mouse press event.</td>
1050 </tr><tr> 1393 </tr>
1394 <tr>
1051 <td><a href="#Editor.mouseReleaseEvent">mouseReleaseEvent</a></td> 1395 <td><a href="#Editor.mouseReleaseEvent">mouseReleaseEvent</a></td>
1052 <td>Protected method calling a registered mouse click handler function.</td> 1396 <td>Protected method calling a registered mouse click handler function.</td>
1053 </tr><tr> 1397 </tr>
1398 <tr>
1054 <td><a href="#Editor.newBreakpointWithProperties">newBreakpointWithProperties</a></td> 1399 <td><a href="#Editor.newBreakpointWithProperties">newBreakpointWithProperties</a></td>
1055 <td>Public method to set a new breakpoint and its properties.</td> 1400 <td>Public method to set a new breakpoint and its properties.</td>
1056 </tr><tr> 1401 </tr>
1402 <tr>
1057 <td><a href="#Editor.nextBookmark">nextBookmark</a></td> 1403 <td><a href="#Editor.nextBookmark">nextBookmark</a></td>
1058 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next bookmark' context menu action.</td> 1404 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next bookmark' context menu action.</td>
1059 </tr><tr> 1405 </tr>
1406 <tr>
1060 <td><a href="#Editor.nextChange">nextChange</a></td> 1407 <td><a href="#Editor.nextChange">nextChange</a></td>
1061 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next change' context menu action.</td> 1408 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next change' context menu action.</td>
1062 </tr><tr> 1409 </tr>
1410 <tr>
1063 <td><a href="#Editor.nextTask">nextTask</a></td> 1411 <td><a href="#Editor.nextTask">nextTask</a></td>
1064 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next task' context menu action.</td> 1412 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next task' context menu action.</td>
1065 </tr><tr> 1413 </tr>
1414 <tr>
1066 <td><a href="#Editor.nextUncovered">nextUncovered</a></td> 1415 <td><a href="#Editor.nextUncovered">nextUncovered</a></td>
1067 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next uncovered' context menu action.</td> 1416 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next uncovered' context menu action.</td>
1068 </tr><tr> 1417 </tr>
1418 <tr>
1069 <td><a href="#Editor.nextWarning">nextWarning</a></td> 1419 <td><a href="#Editor.nextWarning">nextWarning</a></td>
1070 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next warning' context menu action.</td> 1420 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Next warning' context menu action.</td>
1071 </tr><tr> 1421 </tr>
1422 <tr>
1072 <td><a href="#Editor.previousBookmark">previousBookmark</a></td> 1423 <td><a href="#Editor.previousBookmark">previousBookmark</a></td>
1073 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous bookmark' context menu action.</td> 1424 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous bookmark' context menu action.</td>
1074 </tr><tr> 1425 </tr>
1426 <tr>
1075 <td><a href="#Editor.previousChange">previousChange</a></td> 1427 <td><a href="#Editor.previousChange">previousChange</a></td>
1076 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous change' context menu action.</td> 1428 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous change' context menu action.</td>
1077 </tr><tr> 1429 </tr>
1430 <tr>
1078 <td><a href="#Editor.previousTask">previousTask</a></td> 1431 <td><a href="#Editor.previousTask">previousTask</a></td>
1079 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous task' context menu action.</td> 1432 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous task' context menu action.</td>
1080 </tr><tr> 1433 </tr>
1434 <tr>
1081 <td><a href="#Editor.previousUncovered">previousUncovered</a></td> 1435 <td><a href="#Editor.previousUncovered">previousUncovered</a></td>
1082 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous uncovered' context menu action.</td> 1436 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous uncovered' context menu action.</td>
1083 </tr><tr> 1437 </tr>
1438 <tr>
1084 <td><a href="#Editor.previousWarning">previousWarning</a></td> 1439 <td><a href="#Editor.previousWarning">previousWarning</a></td>
1085 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous warning' context menu action.</td> 1440 <td>Public slot to handle the 'Previous warning' context menu action.</td>
1086 </tr><tr> 1441 </tr>
1442 <tr>
1087 <td><a href="#Editor.printFile">printFile</a></td> 1443 <td><a href="#Editor.printFile">printFile</a></td>
1088 <td>Public slot to print the text.</td> 1444 <td>Public slot to print the text.</td>
1089 </tr><tr> 1445 </tr>
1446 <tr>
1090 <td><a href="#Editor.printPreviewFile">printPreviewFile</a></td> 1447 <td><a href="#Editor.printPreviewFile">printPreviewFile</a></td>
1091 <td>Public slot to show a print preview of the text.</td> 1448 <td>Public slot to show a print preview of the text.</td>
1092 </tr><tr> 1449 </tr>
1450 <tr>
1093 <td><a href="#Editor.projectClosed">projectClosed</a></td> 1451 <td><a href="#Editor.projectClosed">projectClosed</a></td>
1094 <td>Public slot to handle the closing of a project.</td> 1452 <td>Public slot to handle the closing of a project.</td>
1095 </tr><tr> 1453 </tr>
1454 <tr>
1096 <td><a href="#Editor.projectLexerAssociationsChanged">projectLexerAssociationsChanged</a></td> 1455 <td><a href="#Editor.projectLexerAssociationsChanged">projectLexerAssociationsChanged</a></td>
1097 <td>Public slot to handle changes of the project lexer associations.</td> 1456 <td>Public slot to handle changes of the project lexer associations.</td>
1098 </tr><tr> 1457 </tr>
1458 <tr>
1099 <td><a href="#Editor.projectOpened">projectOpened</a></td> 1459 <td><a href="#Editor.projectOpened">projectOpened</a></td>
1100 <td>Public slot to handle the opening of a project.</td> 1460 <td>Public slot to handle the opening of a project.</td>
1101 </tr><tr> 1461 </tr>
1462 <tr>
1102 <td><a href="#Editor.readFile">readFile</a></td> 1463 <td><a href="#Editor.readFile">readFile</a></td>
1103 <td>Public slot to read the text from a file.</td> 1464 <td>Public slot to read the text from a file.</td>
1104 </tr><tr> 1465 </tr>
1466 <tr>
1105 <td><a href="#Editor.readSettings">readSettings</a></td> 1467 <td><a href="#Editor.readSettings">readSettings</a></td>
1106 <td>Public slot to read the settings into our lexer.</td> 1468 <td>Public slot to read the settings into our lexer.</td>
1107 </tr><tr> 1469 </tr>
1470 <tr>
1108 <td><a href="#Editor.receive">receive</a></td> 1471 <td><a href="#Editor.receive">receive</a></td>
1109 <td>Public slot to handle received editor commands.</td> 1472 <td>Public slot to handle received editor commands.</td>
1110 </tr><tr> 1473 </tr>
1474 <tr>
1111 <td><a href="#Editor.redo">redo</a></td> 1475 <td><a href="#Editor.redo">redo</a></td>
1112 <td>Public method to redo the last recorded change.</td> 1476 <td>Public method to redo the last recorded change.</td>
1113 </tr><tr> 1477 </tr>
1478 <tr>
1114 <td><a href="#Editor.refresh">refresh</a></td> 1479 <td><a href="#Editor.refresh">refresh</a></td>
1115 <td>Public slot to refresh the editor contents.</td> 1480 <td>Public slot to refresh the editor contents.</td>
1116 </tr><tr> 1481 </tr>
1482 <tr>
1117 <td><a href="#Editor.refreshCoverageAnnotations">refreshCoverageAnnotations</a></td> 1483 <td><a href="#Editor.refreshCoverageAnnotations">refreshCoverageAnnotations</a></td>
1118 <td>Public method to refresh the code coverage annotations.</td> 1484 <td>Public method to refresh the code coverage annotations.</td>
1119 </tr><tr> 1485 </tr>
1486 <tr>
1120 <td><a href="#Editor.removeCallTipHook">removeCallTipHook</a></td> 1487 <td><a href="#Editor.removeCallTipHook">removeCallTipHook</a></td>
1121 <td>Public method to remove a previously registered calltip provider.</td> 1488 <td>Public method to remove a previously registered calltip provider.</td>
1122 </tr><tr> 1489 </tr>
1490 <tr>
1123 <td><a href="#Editor.removeClone">removeClone</a></td> 1491 <td><a href="#Editor.removeClone">removeClone</a></td>
1124 <td>Public method to remove a clone from our list.</td> 1492 <td>Public method to remove a clone from our list.</td>
1125 </tr><tr> 1493 </tr>
1494 <tr>
1126 <td><a href="#Editor.removeCompletionListHook">removeCompletionListHook</a></td> 1495 <td><a href="#Editor.removeCompletionListHook">removeCompletionListHook</a></td>
1127 <td>Public method to remove a previously registered completion list provider.</td> 1496 <td>Public method to remove a previously registered completion list provider.</td>
1128 </tr><tr> 1497 </tr>
1498 <tr>
1129 <td><a href="#Editor.removeMouseClickHandler">removeMouseClickHandler</a></td> 1499 <td><a href="#Editor.removeMouseClickHandler">removeMouseClickHandler</a></td>
1130 <td>Public method to un-registered a mouse click handler.</td> 1500 <td>Public method to un-registered a mouse click handler.</td>
1131 </tr><tr> 1501 </tr>
1502 <tr>
1132 <td><a href="#Editor.removeMouseClickHandlers">removeMouseClickHandlers</a></td> 1503 <td><a href="#Editor.removeMouseClickHandlers">removeMouseClickHandlers</a></td>
1133 <td>Public method to un-registered all mouse click handlers of a plug-in.</td> 1504 <td>Public method to un-registered all mouse click handlers of a plug-in.</td>
1134 </tr><tr> 1505 </tr>
1506 <tr>
1135 <td><a href="#Editor.resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a></td> 1507 <td><a href="#Editor.resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a></td>
1136 <td>Protected method handling resize events.</td> 1508 <td>Protected method handling resize events.</td>
1137 </tr><tr> 1509 </tr>
1510 <tr>
1138 <td><a href="#Editor.revertToUnmodified">revertToUnmodified</a></td> 1511 <td><a href="#Editor.revertToUnmodified">revertToUnmodified</a></td>
1139 <td>Public method to revert back to the last saved state.</td> 1512 <td>Public method to revert back to the last saved state.</td>
1140 </tr><tr> 1513 </tr>
1514 <tr>
1141 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFile">saveFile</a></td> 1515 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFile">saveFile</a></td>
1142 <td>Public method to save the text to a file.</td> 1516 <td>Public method to save the text to a file.</td>
1143 </tr><tr> 1517 </tr>
1518 <tr>
1144 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFileAs">saveFileAs</a></td> 1519 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFileAs">saveFileAs</a></td>
1145 <td>Public slot to save a file with a new name.</td> 1520 <td>Public slot to save a file with a new name.</td>
1146 </tr><tr> 1521 </tr>
1522 <tr>
1147 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFileCopy">saveFileCopy</a></td> 1523 <td><a href="#Editor.saveFileCopy">saveFileCopy</a></td>
1148 <td>Public method to save a copy of the file.</td> 1524 <td>Public method to save a copy of the file.</td>
1149 </tr><tr> 1525 </tr>
1526 <tr>
1150 <td><a href="#Editor.searchCurrentWordBackward">searchCurrentWordBackward</a></td> 1527 <td><a href="#Editor.searchCurrentWordBackward">searchCurrentWordBackward</a></td>
1151 <td>Public slot to search the current word backward.</td> 1528 <td>Public slot to search the current word backward.</td>
1152 </tr><tr> 1529 </tr>
1530 <tr>
1153 <td><a href="#Editor.searchCurrentWordForward">searchCurrentWordForward</a></td> 1531 <td><a href="#Editor.searchCurrentWordForward">searchCurrentWordForward</a></td>
1154 <td>Public slot to search the current word forward.</td> 1532 <td>Public slot to search the current word forward.</td>
1155 </tr><tr> 1533 </tr>
1534 <tr>
1156 <td><a href="#Editor.selectCurrentWord">selectCurrentWord</a></td> 1535 <td><a href="#Editor.selectCurrentWord">selectCurrentWord</a></td>
1157 <td>Public method to select the current word.</td> 1536 <td>Public method to select the current word.</td>
1158 </tr><tr> 1537 </tr>
1538 <tr>
1159 <td><a href="#Editor.selectWord">selectWord</a></td> 1539 <td><a href="#Editor.selectWord">selectWord</a></td>
1160 <td>Public method to select the word at a position.</td> 1540 <td>Public method to select the word at a position.</td>
1161 </tr><tr> 1541 </tr>
1542 <tr>
1162 <td><a href="#Editor.sendSharedEdit">sendSharedEdit</a></td> 1543 <td><a href="#Editor.sendSharedEdit">sendSharedEdit</a></td>
1163 <td>Public slot to end a shared edit session for the editor and send the changes.</td> 1544 <td>Public slot to end a shared edit session for the editor and send the changes.</td>
1164 </tr><tr> 1545 </tr>
1546 <tr>
1165 <td><a href="#Editor.setAutoCompletionEnabled">setAutoCompletionEnabled</a></td> 1547 <td><a href="#Editor.setAutoCompletionEnabled">setAutoCompletionEnabled</a></td>
1166 <td>Public method to enable/disable autocompletion.</td> 1548 <td>Public method to enable/disable autocompletion.</td>
1167 </tr><tr> 1549 </tr>
1550 <tr>
1168 <td><a href="#Editor.setAutoSpellChecking">setAutoSpellChecking</a></td> 1551 <td><a href="#Editor.setAutoSpellChecking">setAutoSpellChecking</a></td>
1169 <td>Public method to set the automatic spell checking.</td> 1552 <td>Public method to set the automatic spell checking.</td>
1170 </tr><tr> 1553 </tr>
1554 <tr>
1171 <td><a href="#Editor.setHighlight">setHighlight</a></td> 1555 <td><a href="#Editor.setHighlight">setHighlight</a></td>
1172 <td>Public method to set a text highlight.</td> 1556 <td>Public method to set a text highlight.</td>
1173 </tr><tr> 1557 </tr>
1558 <tr>
1174 <td><a href="#Editor.setLanguage">setLanguage</a></td> 1559 <td><a href="#Editor.setLanguage">setLanguage</a></td>
1175 <td>Public method to set a lexer language.</td> 1560 <td>Public method to set a lexer language.</td>
1176 </tr><tr> 1561 </tr>
1562 <tr>
1177 <td><a href="#Editor.setMonospaced">setMonospaced</a></td> 1563 <td><a href="#Editor.setMonospaced">setMonospaced</a></td>
1178 <td>Public method to set/reset a monospaced font.</td> 1564 <td>Public method to set/reset a monospaced font.</td>
1179 </tr><tr> 1565 </tr>
1566 <tr>
1180 <td><a href="#Editor.setMouseClickHandler">setMouseClickHandler</a></td> 1567 <td><a href="#Editor.setMouseClickHandler">setMouseClickHandler</a></td>
1181 <td>Public method to set a mouse click handler.</td> 1568 <td>Public method to set a mouse click handler.</td>
1182 </tr><tr> 1569 </tr>
1570 <tr>
1183 <td><a href="#Editor.setNoName">setNoName</a></td> 1571 <td><a href="#Editor.setNoName">setNoName</a></td>
1184 <td>Public method to set the display string for an unnamed editor.</td> 1572 <td>Public method to set the display string for an unnamed editor.</td>
1185 </tr><tr> 1573 </tr>
1574 <tr>
1186 <td><a href="#Editor.setSearchIndicator">setSearchIndicator</a></td> 1575 <td><a href="#Editor.setSearchIndicator">setSearchIndicator</a></td>
1187 <td>Public method to set a search indicator for the given range.</td> 1576 <td>Public method to set a search indicator for the given range.</td>
1188 </tr><tr> 1577 </tr>
1578 <tr>
1189 <td><a href="#Editor.setSpellingForProject">setSpellingForProject</a></td> 1579 <td><a href="#Editor.setSpellingForProject">setSpellingForProject</a></td>
1190 <td>Public method to set the spell checking options for files belonging to the current project.</td> 1580 <td>Public method to set the spell checking options for files belonging to the current project.</td>
1191 </tr><tr> 1581 </tr>
1582 <tr>
1192 <td><a href="#Editor.shareConnected">shareConnected</a></td> 1583 <td><a href="#Editor.shareConnected">shareConnected</a></td>
1193 <td>Public slot to handle a change of the connected state.</td> 1584 <td>Public slot to handle a change of the connected state.</td>
1194 </tr><tr> 1585 </tr>
1586 <tr>
1195 <td><a href="#Editor.shareEditor">shareEditor</a></td> 1587 <td><a href="#Editor.shareEditor">shareEditor</a></td>
1196 <td>Public slot to set the shared status of the editor.</td> 1588 <td>Public slot to set the shared status of the editor.</td>
1197 </tr><tr> 1589 </tr>
1590 <tr>
1198 <td><a href="#Editor.shortenEmptyLines">shortenEmptyLines</a></td> 1591 <td><a href="#Editor.shortenEmptyLines">shortenEmptyLines</a></td>
1199 <td>Public slot to compress lines consisting solely of whitespace characters.</td> 1592 <td>Public slot to compress lines consisting solely of whitespace characters.</td>
1200 </tr><tr> 1593 </tr>
1594 <tr>
1201 <td><a href="#Editor.shouldAutosave">shouldAutosave</a></td> 1595 <td><a href="#Editor.shouldAutosave">shouldAutosave</a></td>
1202 <td>Public slot to check the autosave flags.</td> 1596 <td>Public slot to check the autosave flags.</td>
1203 </tr><tr> 1597 </tr>
1598 <tr>
1204 <td><a href="#Editor.smartIndentLineOrSelection">smartIndentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1599 <td><a href="#Editor.smartIndentLineOrSelection">smartIndentLineOrSelection</a></td>
1205 <td>Public slot to indent current line smartly.</td> 1600 <td>Public slot to indent current line smartly.</td>
1206 </tr><tr> 1601 </tr>
1602 <tr>
1207 <td><a href="#Editor.sortLines">sortLines</a></td> 1603 <td><a href="#Editor.sortLines">sortLines</a></td>
1208 <td>Public slot to sort the lines spanned by a rectangular selection.</td> 1604 <td>Public slot to sort the lines spanned by a rectangular selection.</td>
1209 </tr><tr> 1605 </tr>
1606 <tr>
1210 <td><a href="#Editor.startSharedEdit">startSharedEdit</a></td> 1607 <td><a href="#Editor.startSharedEdit">startSharedEdit</a></td>
1211 <td>Public slot to start a shared edit session for the editor.</td> 1608 <td>Public slot to start a shared edit session for the editor.</td>
1212 </tr><tr> 1609 </tr>
1610 <tr>
1213 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentLine">streamCommentLine</a></td> 1611 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentLine">streamCommentLine</a></td>
1214 <td>Public slot to stream comment the current line.</td> 1612 <td>Public slot to stream comment the current line.</td>
1215 </tr><tr> 1613 </tr>
1614 <tr>
1216 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentLineOrSelection">streamCommentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1615 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentLineOrSelection">streamCommentLineOrSelection</a></td>
1217 <td>Public slot to stream comment the current line or current selection.</td> 1616 <td>Public slot to stream comment the current line or current selection.</td>
1218 </tr><tr> 1617 </tr>
1618 <tr>
1219 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentSelection">streamCommentSelection</a></td> 1619 <td><a href="#Editor.streamCommentSelection">streamCommentSelection</a></td>
1220 <td>Public slot to comment the current selection.</td> 1620 <td>Public slot to comment the current selection.</td>
1221 </tr><tr> 1621 </tr>
1622 <tr>
1222 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleBookmark">toggleBookmark</a></td> 1623 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleBookmark">toggleBookmark</a></td>
1223 <td>Public method to toggle a bookmark.</td> 1624 <td>Public method to toggle a bookmark.</td>
1224 </tr><tr> 1625 </tr>
1626 <tr>
1225 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleCommentBlock">toggleCommentBlock</a></td> 1627 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleCommentBlock">toggleCommentBlock</a></td>
1226 <td>Public slot to toggle the comment of a block.</td> 1628 <td>Public slot to toggle the comment of a block.</td>
1227 </tr><tr> 1629 </tr>
1630 <tr>
1228 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleCurrentFold">toggleCurrentFold</a></td> 1631 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleCurrentFold">toggleCurrentFold</a></td>
1229 <td>Public slot to toggle the fold containing the current line.</td> 1632 <td>Public slot to toggle the fold containing the current line.</td>
1230 </tr><tr> 1633 </tr>
1634 <tr>
1231 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleSyntaxError">toggleSyntaxError</a></td> 1635 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleSyntaxError">toggleSyntaxError</a></td>
1232 <td>Public method to toggle a syntax error indicator.</td> 1636 <td>Public method to toggle a syntax error indicator.</td>
1233 </tr><tr> 1637 </tr>
1638 <tr>
1234 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleWarning">toggleWarning</a></td> 1639 <td><a href="#Editor.toggleWarning">toggleWarning</a></td>
1235 <td>Public method to toggle a warning indicator.</td> 1640 <td>Public method to toggle a warning indicator.</td>
1236 </tr><tr> 1641 </tr>
1642 <tr>
1237 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentLine">uncommentLine</a></td> 1643 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentLine">uncommentLine</a></td>
1238 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current line.</td> 1644 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current line.</td>
1239 </tr><tr> 1645 </tr>
1646 <tr>
1240 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentLineOrSelection">uncommentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1647 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentLineOrSelection">uncommentLineOrSelection</a></td>
1241 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current line or current selection.</td> 1648 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current line or current selection.</td>
1242 </tr><tr> 1649 </tr>
1650 <tr>
1243 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentSelection">uncommentSelection</a></td> 1651 <td><a href="#Editor.uncommentSelection">uncommentSelection</a></td>
1244 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current selection.</td> 1652 <td>Public slot to uncomment the current selection.</td>
1245 </tr><tr> 1653 </tr>
1654 <tr>
1246 <td><a href="#Editor.undo">undo</a></td> 1655 <td><a href="#Editor.undo">undo</a></td>
1247 <td>Public method to undo the last recorded change.</td> 1656 <td>Public method to undo the last recorded change.</td>
1248 </tr><tr> 1657 </tr>
1658 <tr>
1249 <td><a href="#Editor.unindentLineOrSelection">unindentLineOrSelection</a></td> 1659 <td><a href="#Editor.unindentLineOrSelection">unindentLineOrSelection</a></td>
1250 <td>Public slot to unindent the current line or current selection.</td> 1660 <td>Public slot to unindent the current line or current selection.</td>
1251 </tr><tr> 1661 </tr>
1662 <tr>
1252 <td><a href="#Editor.updateMarkerMap">updateMarkerMap</a></td> 1663 <td><a href="#Editor.updateMarkerMap">updateMarkerMap</a></td>
1253 <td>Public method to initiate an update of the marker map.</td> 1664 <td>Public method to initiate an update of the marker map.</td>
1254 </tr><tr> 1665 </tr>
1666 <tr>
1255 <td><a href="#Editor.viewportEvent">viewportEvent</a></td> 1667 <td><a href="#Editor.viewportEvent">viewportEvent</a></td>
1256 <td>Protected method handling event of the viewport.</td> 1668 <td>Protected method handling event of the viewport.</td>
1257 </tr><tr> 1669 </tr>
1670 <tr>
1258 <td><a href="#Editor.wheelEvent">wheelEvent</a></td> 1671 <td><a href="#Editor.wheelEvent">wheelEvent</a></td>
1259 <td>Protected method to handle wheel events.</td> 1672 <td>Protected method to handle wheel events.</td>
1260 </tr><tr> 1673 </tr>
1674 <tr>
1261 <td><a href="#Editor.writeFile">writeFile</a></td> 1675 <td><a href="#Editor.writeFile">writeFile</a></td>
1262 <td>Public slot to write the text to a file.</td> 1676 <td>Public slot to write the text to a file.</td>
1263 </tr> 1677 </tr>
1264 </table> 1678 </table>
1265 <h3>Static Methods</h3> 1679 <h3>Static Methods</h3>
1680
1266 <table> 1681 <table>
1267 <tr><td>None</td></tr> 1682 <tr><td>None</td></tr>
1268 </table> 1683 </table>
1684
1269 <a NAME="Editor.__init__" ID="Editor.__init__"></a> 1685 <a NAME="Editor.__init__" ID="Editor.__init__"></a>
1270 <h4>Editor (Constructor)</h4> 1686 <h4>Editor (Constructor)</h4>
1271 <b>Editor</b>(<i>dbs, fn="", vm=None, filetype="", editor=None, tv=None</i>) 1687 <b>Editor</b>(<i>dbs, fn="", vm=None, filetype="", editor=None, tv=None</i>)
1688
1272 <p> 1689 <p>
1273 Constructor 1690 Constructor
1274 </p><dl> 1691 </p>
1692 <dl>
1693
1275 <dt><i>dbs</i></dt> 1694 <dt><i>dbs</i></dt>
1276 <dd> 1695 <dd>
1277 reference to the debug server object 1696 reference to the debug server object
1278 </dd><dt><i>fn</i></dt> 1697 </dd>
1698 <dt><i>fn</i></dt>
1279 <dd> 1699 <dd>
1280 name of the file to be opened (string). If it is None, 1700 name of the file to be opened (string). If it is None,
1281 a new (empty) editor is opened 1701 a new (empty) editor is opened
1282 </dd><dt><i>vm</i></dt> 1702 </dd>
1703 <dt><i>vm</i></dt>
1283 <dd> 1704 <dd>
1284 reference to the view manager object 1705 reference to the view manager object
1285 (ViewManager.ViewManager) 1706 (ViewManager.ViewManager)
1286 </dd><dt><i>filetype</i></dt> 1707 </dd>
1708 <dt><i>filetype</i></dt>
1287 <dd> 1709 <dd>
1288 type of the source file (string) 1710 type of the source file (string)
1289 </dd><dt><i>editor</i></dt> 1711 </dd>
1712 <dt><i>editor</i></dt>
1290 <dd> 1713 <dd>
1291 reference to an Editor object, if this is a cloned view 1714 reference to an Editor object, if this is a cloned view
1292 </dd><dt><i>tv</i></dt> 1715 </dd>
1716 <dt><i>tv</i></dt>
1293 <dd> 1717 <dd>
1294 reference to the task viewer object 1718 reference to the task viewer object
1295 </dd> 1719 </dd>
1296 </dl><dl> 1720 </dl>
1721 <dl>
1722
1297 <dt>Raises <b>IOError</b>:</dt> 1723 <dt>Raises <b>IOError</b>:</dt>
1298 <dd> 1724 <dd>
1299 raised to indicate an issue accessing the file 1725 raised to indicate an issue accessing the file
1300 </dd> 1726 </dd>
1301 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__addBreakPoint" ID="Editor.__addBreakPoint"></a> 1727 </dl>
1728 <a NAME="Editor.__addBreakPoint" ID="Editor.__addBreakPoint"></a>
1302 <h4>Editor.__addBreakPoint</h4> 1729 <h4>Editor.__addBreakPoint</h4>
1303 <b>__addBreakPoint</b>(<i>line, temporary</i>) 1730 <b>__addBreakPoint</b>(<i>line, temporary</i>)
1731
1304 <p> 1732 <p>
1305 Private method to add a new breakpoint. 1733 Private method to add a new breakpoint.
1306 </p><dl> 1734 </p>
1735 <dl>
1736
1307 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 1737 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
1308 <dd> 1738 <dd>
1309 line number of the breakpoint (integer) 1739 line number of the breakpoint (integer)
1310 </dd><dt><i>temporary</i></dt> 1740 </dd>
1741 <dt><i>temporary</i></dt>
1311 <dd> 1742 <dd>
1312 flag indicating a temporary breakpoint (boolean) 1743 flag indicating a temporary breakpoint (boolean)
1313 </dd> 1744 </dd>
1314 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__addBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__addBreakPoints"></a> 1745 </dl>
1746 <a NAME="Editor.__addBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__addBreakPoints"></a>
1315 <h4>Editor.__addBreakPoints</h4> 1747 <h4>Editor.__addBreakPoints</h4>
1316 <b>__addBreakPoints</b>(<i>parentIndex, start, end</i>) 1748 <b>__addBreakPoints</b>(<i>parentIndex, start, end</i>)
1749
1317 <p> 1750 <p>
1318 Private slot to add breakpoints. 1751 Private slot to add breakpoints.
1319 </p><dl> 1752 </p>
1753 <dl>
1754
1320 <dt><i>parentIndex</i></dt> 1755 <dt><i>parentIndex</i></dt>
1321 <dd> 1756 <dd>
1322 index of parent item (QModelIndex) 1757 index of parent item (QModelIndex)
1323 </dd><dt><i>start</i></dt> 1758 </dd>
1759 <dt><i>start</i></dt>
1324 <dd> 1760 <dd>
1325 start row (integer) 1761 start row (integer)
1326 </dd><dt><i>end</i></dt> 1762 </dd>
1763 <dt><i>end</i></dt>
1327 <dd> 1764 <dd>
1328 end row (integer) 1765 end row (integer)
1329 </dd> 1766 </dd>
1330 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__addFileAliasResource" ID="Editor.__addFileAliasResource"></a> 1767 </dl>
1768 <a NAME="Editor.__addFileAliasResource" ID="Editor.__addFileAliasResource"></a>
1331 <h4>Editor.__addFileAliasResource</h4> 1769 <h4>Editor.__addFileAliasResource</h4>
1332 <b>__addFileAliasResource</b>(<i></i>) 1770 <b>__addFileAliasResource</b>(<i></i>)
1771
1333 <p> 1772 <p>
1334 Private method to handle the Add aliased file context menu action. 1773 Private method to handle the Add aliased file context menu action.
1335 </p><a NAME="Editor.__addFileResource" ID="Editor.__addFileResource"></a> 1774 </p>
1775 <a NAME="Editor.__addFileResource" ID="Editor.__addFileResource"></a>
1336 <h4>Editor.__addFileResource</h4> 1776 <h4>Editor.__addFileResource</h4>
1337 <b>__addFileResource</b>(<i></i>) 1777 <b>__addFileResource</b>(<i></i>)
1778
1338 <p> 1779 <p>
1339 Private method to handle the Add file context menu action. 1780 Private method to handle the Add file context menu action.
1340 </p><a NAME="Editor.__addFileResources" ID="Editor.__addFileResources"></a> 1781 </p>
1782 <a NAME="Editor.__addFileResources" ID="Editor.__addFileResources"></a>
1341 <h4>Editor.__addFileResources</h4> 1783 <h4>Editor.__addFileResources</h4>
1342 <b>__addFileResources</b>(<i></i>) 1784 <b>__addFileResources</b>(<i></i>)
1785
1343 <p> 1786 <p>
1344 Private method to handle the Add files context menu action. 1787 Private method to handle the Add files context menu action.
1345 </p><a NAME="Editor.__addLocalizedResource" ID="Editor.__addLocalizedResource"></a> 1788 </p>
1789 <a NAME="Editor.__addLocalizedResource" ID="Editor.__addLocalizedResource"></a>
1346 <h4>Editor.__addLocalizedResource</h4> 1790 <h4>Editor.__addLocalizedResource</h4>
1347 <b>__addLocalizedResource</b>(<i></i>) 1791 <b>__addLocalizedResource</b>(<i></i>)
1792
1348 <p> 1793 <p>
1349 Private method to handle the Add localized resource context menu 1794 Private method to handle the Add localized resource context menu
1350 action. 1795 action.
1351 </p><a NAME="Editor.__addResourceFrame" ID="Editor.__addResourceFrame"></a> 1796 </p>
1797 <a NAME="Editor.__addResourceFrame" ID="Editor.__addResourceFrame"></a>
1352 <h4>Editor.__addResourceFrame</h4> 1798 <h4>Editor.__addResourceFrame</h4>
1353 <b>__addResourceFrame</b>(<i></i>) 1799 <b>__addResourceFrame</b>(<i></i>)
1800
1354 <p> 1801 <p>
1355 Private method to handle the Add resource frame context menu action. 1802 Private method to handle the Add resource frame context menu action.
1356 </p><a NAME="Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary" ID="Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary"></a> 1803 </p>
1804 <a NAME="Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary" ID="Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary"></a>
1357 <h4>Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary</h4> 1805 <h4>Editor.__addToSpellingDictionary</h4>
1358 <b>__addToSpellingDictionary</b>(<i></i>) 1806 <b>__addToSpellingDictionary</b>(<i></i>)
1807
1359 <p> 1808 <p>
1360 Private slot to add the word below the spelling context menu to the 1809 Private slot to add the word below the spelling context menu to the
1361 dictionary. 1810 dictionary.
1362 </p><a NAME="Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition" ID="Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition"></a> 1811 </p>
1812 <a NAME="Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition" ID="Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition"></a>
1363 <h4>Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition</h4> 1813 <h4>Editor.__adjustedCallTipPosition</h4>
1364 <b>__adjustedCallTipPosition</b>(<i>ctshift, pos</i>) 1814 <b>__adjustedCallTipPosition</b>(<i>ctshift, pos</i>)
1815
1365 <p> 1816 <p>
1366 Private method to calculate an adjusted position for showing calltips. 1817 Private method to calculate an adjusted position for showing calltips.
1367 </p><dl> 1818 </p>
1819 <dl>
1820
1368 <dt><i>ctshift</i></dt> 1821 <dt><i>ctshift</i></dt>
1369 <dd> 1822 <dd>
1370 amount the calltip shall be shifted (integer) 1823 amount the calltip shall be shifted (integer)
1371 </dd><dt><i>pos</i></dt> 1824 </dd>
1825 <dt><i>pos</i></dt>
1372 <dd> 1826 <dd>
1373 position into the text (integer) 1827 position into the text (integer)
1374 </dd> 1828 </dd>
1375 </dl><dl> 1829 </dl>
1830 <dl>
1376 <dt>Returns:</dt> 1831 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1377 <dd> 1832 <dd>
1378 new position for the calltip (integer) 1833 new position for the calltip (integer)
1379 </dd> 1834 </dd>
1380 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__applyTemplate" ID="Editor.__applyTemplate"></a> 1835 </dl>
1836 <a NAME="Editor.__applyTemplate" ID="Editor.__applyTemplate"></a>
1381 <h4>Editor.__applyTemplate</h4> 1837 <h4>Editor.__applyTemplate</h4>
1382 <b>__applyTemplate</b>(<i>templateName, language</i>) 1838 <b>__applyTemplate</b>(<i>templateName, language</i>)
1839
1383 <p> 1840 <p>
1384 Private method to apply a template by name. 1841 Private method to apply a template by name.
1385 </p><dl> 1842 </p>
1843 <dl>
1844
1386 <dt><i>templateName</i></dt> 1845 <dt><i>templateName</i></dt>
1387 <dd> 1846 <dd>
1388 name of the template to apply (string) 1847 name of the template to apply (string)
1389 </dd><dt><i>language</i></dt> 1848 </dd>
1849 <dt><i>language</i></dt>
1390 <dd> 1850 <dd>
1391 name of the language (group) to get the template 1851 name of the language (group) to get the template
1392 from (string) 1852 from (string)
1393 </dd> 1853 </dd>
1394 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__autoComplete" ID="Editor.__autoComplete"></a> 1854 </dl>
1855 <a NAME="Editor.__autoComplete" ID="Editor.__autoComplete"></a>
1395 <h4>Editor.__autoComplete</h4> 1856 <h4>Editor.__autoComplete</h4>
1396 <b>__autoComplete</b>(<i>auto=True, context=None</i>) 1857 <b>__autoComplete</b>(<i>auto=True, context=None</i>)
1858
1397 <p> 1859 <p>
1398 Private method to start auto-completion via plug-ins. 1860 Private method to start auto-completion via plug-ins.
1399 </p><dl> 1861 </p>
1862 <dl>
1863
1400 <dt><i>auto=</i></dt> 1864 <dt><i>auto=</i></dt>
1401 <dd> 1865 <dd>
1402 flag indicating a call from the __charAdded method 1866 flag indicating a call from the __charAdded method
1403 (boolean) 1867 (boolean)
1404 </dd><dt><i>context=</i> (bool or None)</dt> 1868 </dd>
1869 <dt><i>context=</i> (bool or None)</dt>
1405 <dd> 1870 <dd>
1406 flag indicating to complete a context 1871 flag indicating to complete a context
1407 </dd> 1872 </dd>
1408 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__autocompletionCancelled" ID="Editor.__autocompletionCancelled"></a> 1873 </dl>
1874 <a NAME="Editor.__autocompletionCancelled" ID="Editor.__autocompletionCancelled"></a>
1409 <h4>Editor.__autocompletionCancelled</h4> 1875 <h4>Editor.__autocompletionCancelled</h4>
1410 <b>__autocompletionCancelled</b>(<i></i>) 1876 <b>__autocompletionCancelled</b>(<i></i>)
1877
1411 <p> 1878 <p>
1412 Private slot to handle the cancellation of an auto-completion list. 1879 Private slot to handle the cancellation of an auto-completion list.
1413 </p><a NAME="Editor.__autosaveEnable" ID="Editor.__autosaveEnable"></a> 1880 </p>
1881 <a NAME="Editor.__autosaveEnable" ID="Editor.__autosaveEnable"></a>
1414 <h4>Editor.__autosaveEnable</h4> 1882 <h4>Editor.__autosaveEnable</h4>
1415 <b>__autosaveEnable</b>(<i></i>) 1883 <b>__autosaveEnable</b>(<i></i>)
1884
1416 <p> 1885 <p>
1417 Private slot handling the autosave enable context menu action. 1886 Private slot handling the autosave enable context menu action.
1418 </p><a NAME="Editor.__bindCompleter" ID="Editor.__bindCompleter"></a> 1887 </p>
1888 <a NAME="Editor.__bindCompleter" ID="Editor.__bindCompleter"></a>
1419 <h4>Editor.__bindCompleter</h4> 1889 <h4>Editor.__bindCompleter</h4>
1420 <b>__bindCompleter</b>(<i>filename</i>) 1890 <b>__bindCompleter</b>(<i>filename</i>)
1891
1421 <p> 1892 <p>
1422 Private slot to set the correct typing completer depending on language. 1893 Private slot to set the correct typing completer depending on language.
1423 </p><dl> 1894 </p>
1895 <dl>
1896
1424 <dt><i>filename</i></dt> 1897 <dt><i>filename</i></dt>
1425 <dd> 1898 <dd>
1426 filename used to determine the associated typing 1899 filename used to determine the associated typing
1427 completer language (string) 1900 completer language (string)
1428 </dd> 1901 </dd>
1429 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__bindLexer" ID="Editor.__bindLexer"></a> 1902 </dl>
1903 <a NAME="Editor.__bindLexer" ID="Editor.__bindLexer"></a>
1430 <h4>Editor.__bindLexer</h4> 1904 <h4>Editor.__bindLexer</h4>
1431 <b>__bindLexer</b>(<i>filename, pyname=""</i>) 1905 <b>__bindLexer</b>(<i>filename, pyname=""</i>)
1906
1432 <p> 1907 <p>
1433 Private slot to set the correct lexer depending on language. 1908 Private slot to set the correct lexer depending on language.
1434 </p><dl> 1909 </p>
1910 <dl>
1911
1435 <dt><i>filename</i></dt> 1912 <dt><i>filename</i></dt>
1436 <dd> 1913 <dd>
1437 filename used to determine the associated lexer 1914 filename used to determine the associated lexer
1438 language (string) 1915 language (string)
1439 </dd><dt><i>pyname=</i></dt> 1916 </dd>
1917 <dt><i>pyname=</i></dt>
1440 <dd> 1918 <dd>
1441 name of the pygments lexer to use (string) 1919 name of the pygments lexer to use (string)
1442 </dd> 1920 </dd>
1443 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__bindName" ID="Editor.__bindName"></a> 1921 </dl>
1922 <a NAME="Editor.__bindName" ID="Editor.__bindName"></a>
1444 <h4>Editor.__bindName</h4> 1923 <h4>Editor.__bindName</h4>
1445 <b>__bindName</b>(<i>line0</i>) 1924 <b>__bindName</b>(<i>line0</i>)
1925
1446 <p> 1926 <p>
1447 Private method to generate a dummy filename for binding a lexer. 1927 Private method to generate a dummy filename for binding a lexer.
1448 </p><dl> 1928 </p>
1929 <dl>
1930
1449 <dt><i>line0</i></dt> 1931 <dt><i>line0</i></dt>
1450 <dd> 1932 <dd>
1451 first line of text to use in the generation process 1933 first line of text to use in the generation process
1452 (string) 1934 (string)
1453 </dd> 1935 </dd>
1454 </dl><dl> 1936 </dl>
1937 <dl>
1455 <dt>Returns:</dt> 1938 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1456 <dd> 1939 <dd>
1457 dummy file name to be used for binding a lexer (string) 1940 dummy file name to be used for binding a lexer (string)
1458 </dd> 1941 </dd>
1459 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged" ID="Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged"></a> 1942 </dl>
1943 <a NAME="Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged" ID="Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged"></a>
1460 <h4>Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</h4> 1944 <h4>Editor.__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</h4>
1461 <b>__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</b>(<i>startIndex, endIndex</i>) 1945 <b>__breakPointDataAboutToBeChanged</b>(<i>startIndex, endIndex</i>)
1946
1462 <p> 1947 <p>
1463 Private slot to handle the dataAboutToBeChanged signal of the 1948 Private slot to handle the dataAboutToBeChanged signal of the
1464 breakpoint model. 1949 breakpoint model.
1465 </p><dl> 1950 </p>
1951 <dl>
1952
1466 <dt><i>startIndex</i></dt> 1953 <dt><i>startIndex</i></dt>
1467 <dd> 1954 <dd>
1468 start index of the rows to be changed (QModelIndex) 1955 start index of the rows to be changed (QModelIndex)
1469 </dd><dt><i>endIndex</i></dt> 1956 </dd>
1957 <dt><i>endIndex</i></dt>
1470 <dd> 1958 <dd>
1471 end index of the rows to be changed (QModelIndex) 1959 end index of the rows to be changed (QModelIndex)
1472 </dd> 1960 </dd>
1473 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__calculateChanges" ID="Editor.__calculateChanges"></a> 1961 </dl>
1962 <a NAME="Editor.__calculateChanges" ID="Editor.__calculateChanges"></a>
1474 <h4>Editor.__calculateChanges</h4> 1963 <h4>Editor.__calculateChanges</h4>
1475 <b>__calculateChanges</b>(<i>old, new</i>) 1964 <b>__calculateChanges</b>(<i>old, new</i>)
1965
1476 <p> 1966 <p>
1477 Private method to determine change commands to convert old text into 1967 Private method to determine change commands to convert old text into
1478 new text. 1968 new text.
1479 </p><dl> 1969 </p>
1970 <dl>
1971
1480 <dt><i>old</i></dt> 1972 <dt><i>old</i></dt>
1481 <dd> 1973 <dd>
1482 old text (string) 1974 old text (string)
1483 </dd><dt><i>new</i></dt> 1975 </dd>
1976 <dt><i>new</i></dt>
1484 <dd> 1977 <dd>
1485 new text (string) 1978 new text (string)
1486 </dd> 1979 </dd>
1487 </dl><dl> 1980 </dl>
1981 <dl>
1488 <dt>Returns:</dt> 1982 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1489 <dd> 1983 <dd>
1490 commands to change old into new (string) 1984 commands to change old into new (string)
1491 </dd> 1985 </dd>
1492 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__callTip" ID="Editor.__callTip"></a> 1986 </dl>
1987 <a NAME="Editor.__callTip" ID="Editor.__callTip"></a>
1493 <h4>Editor.__callTip</h4> 1988 <h4>Editor.__callTip</h4>
1494 <b>__callTip</b>(<i></i>) 1989 <b>__callTip</b>(<i></i>)
1990
1495 <p> 1991 <p>
1496 Private method to show call tips provided by a plugin. 1992 Private method to show call tips provided by a plugin.
1497 </p><a NAME="Editor.__changeBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__changeBreakPoints"></a> 1993 </p>
1994 <a NAME="Editor.__changeBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__changeBreakPoints"></a>
1498 <h4>Editor.__changeBreakPoints</h4> 1995 <h4>Editor.__changeBreakPoints</h4>
1499 <b>__changeBreakPoints</b>(<i>startIndex, endIndex</i>) 1996 <b>__changeBreakPoints</b>(<i>startIndex, endIndex</i>)
1997
1500 <p> 1998 <p>
1501 Private slot to set changed breakpoints. 1999 Private slot to set changed breakpoints.
1502 </p><dl> 2000 </p>
2001 <dl>
2002
1503 <dt><i>startIndex</i></dt> 2003 <dt><i>startIndex</i></dt>
1504 <dd> 2004 <dd>
1505 start index of the breakpoints being changed 2005 start index of the breakpoints being changed
1506 (QModelIndex) 2006 (QModelIndex)
1507 </dd><dt><i>endIndex</i></dt> 2007 </dd>
2008 <dt><i>endIndex</i></dt>
1508 <dd> 2009 <dd>
1509 end index of the breakpoints being changed 2010 end index of the breakpoints being changed
1510 (QModelIndex) 2011 (QModelIndex)
1511 </dd> 2012 </dd>
1512 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__charAdded" ID="Editor.__charAdded"></a> 2013 </dl>
2014 <a NAME="Editor.__charAdded" ID="Editor.__charAdded"></a>
1513 <h4>Editor.__charAdded</h4> 2015 <h4>Editor.__charAdded</h4>
1514 <b>__charAdded</b>(<i>charNumber</i>) 2016 <b>__charAdded</b>(<i>charNumber</i>)
2017
1515 <p> 2018 <p>
1516 Private slot called to handle the user entering a character. 2019 Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.
1517 </p><dl> 2020 </p>
2021 <dl>
2022
1518 <dt><i>charNumber</i></dt> 2023 <dt><i>charNumber</i></dt>
1519 <dd> 2024 <dd>
1520 value of the character entered (integer) 2025 value of the character entered (integer)
1521 </dd> 2026 </dd>
1522 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__checkEncoding" ID="Editor.__checkEncoding"></a> 2027 </dl>
2028 <a NAME="Editor.__checkEncoding" ID="Editor.__checkEncoding"></a>
1523 <h4>Editor.__checkEncoding</h4> 2029 <h4>Editor.__checkEncoding</h4>
1524 <b>__checkEncoding</b>(<i></i>) 2030 <b>__checkEncoding</b>(<i></i>)
2031
1525 <p> 2032 <p>
1526 Private method to check the selected encoding of the encodings submenu. 2033 Private method to check the selected encoding of the encodings submenu.
1527 </p><a NAME="Editor.__checkEol" ID="Editor.__checkEol"></a> 2034 </p>
2035 <a NAME="Editor.__checkEol" ID="Editor.__checkEol"></a>
1528 <h4>Editor.__checkEol</h4> 2036 <h4>Editor.__checkEol</h4>
1529 <b>__checkEol</b>(<i></i>) 2037 <b>__checkEol</b>(<i></i>)
2038
1530 <p> 2039 <p>
1531 Private method to check the selected eol type of the eol submenu. 2040 Private method to check the selected eol type of the eol submenu.
1532 </p><a NAME="Editor.__checkLanguage" ID="Editor.__checkLanguage"></a> 2041 </p>
2042 <a NAME="Editor.__checkLanguage" ID="Editor.__checkLanguage"></a>
1533 <h4>Editor.__checkLanguage</h4> 2043 <h4>Editor.__checkLanguage</h4>
1534 <b>__checkLanguage</b>(<i></i>) 2044 <b>__checkLanguage</b>(<i></i>)
2045
1535 <p> 2046 <p>
1536 Private method to check the selected language of the language submenu. 2047 Private method to check the selected language of the language submenu.
1537 </p><a NAME="Editor.__checkSpellingSelection" ID="Editor.__checkSpellingSelection"></a> 2048 </p>
2049 <a NAME="Editor.__checkSpellingSelection" ID="Editor.__checkSpellingSelection"></a>
1538 <h4>Editor.__checkSpellingSelection</h4> 2050 <h4>Editor.__checkSpellingSelection</h4>
1539 <b>__checkSpellingSelection</b>(<i></i>) 2051 <b>__checkSpellingSelection</b>(<i></i>)
2052
1540 <p> 2053 <p>
1541 Private slot to spell check the current selection. 2054 Private slot to spell check the current selection.
1542 </p><a NAME="Editor.__checkSpellingWord" ID="Editor.__checkSpellingWord"></a> 2055 </p>
2056 <a NAME="Editor.__checkSpellingWord" ID="Editor.__checkSpellingWord"></a>
1543 <h4>Editor.__checkSpellingWord</h4> 2057 <h4>Editor.__checkSpellingWord</h4>
1544 <b>__checkSpellingWord</b>(<i></i>) 2058 <b>__checkSpellingWord</b>(<i></i>)
2059
1545 <p> 2060 <p>
1546 Private slot to check the word below the spelling context menu. 2061 Private slot to check the word below the spelling context menu.
1547 </p><a NAME="Editor.__clearBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__clearBreakpoints"></a> 2062 </p>
2063 <a NAME="Editor.__clearBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__clearBreakpoints"></a>
1548 <h4>Editor.__clearBreakpoints</h4> 2064 <h4>Editor.__clearBreakpoints</h4>
1549 <b>__clearBreakpoints</b>(<i>fileName</i>) 2065 <b>__clearBreakpoints</b>(<i>fileName</i>)
2066
1550 <p> 2067 <p>
1551 Private slot to clear all breakpoints. 2068 Private slot to clear all breakpoints.
1552 </p><dl> 2069 </p>
2070 <dl>
2071
1553 <dt><i>fileName</i></dt> 2072 <dt><i>fileName</i></dt>
1554 <dd> 2073 <dd>
1555 name of the file (string) 2074 name of the file (string)
1556 </dd> 2075 </dd>
1557 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__clearCompletionsCache" ID="Editor.__clearCompletionsCache"></a> 2076 </dl>
2077 <a NAME="Editor.__clearCompletionsCache" ID="Editor.__clearCompletionsCache"></a>
1558 <h4>Editor.__clearCompletionsCache</h4> 2078 <h4>Editor.__clearCompletionsCache</h4>
1559 <b>__clearCompletionsCache</b>(<i></i>) 2079 <b>__clearCompletionsCache</b>(<i></i>)
2080
1560 <p> 2081 <p>
1561 Private method to clear the auto-completions cache. 2082 Private method to clear the auto-completions cache.
1562 </p><a NAME="Editor.__clearTypedWarning" ID="Editor.__clearTypedWarning"></a> 2083 </p>
2084 <a NAME="Editor.__clearTypedWarning" ID="Editor.__clearTypedWarning"></a>
1563 <h4>Editor.__clearTypedWarning</h4> 2085 <h4>Editor.__clearTypedWarning</h4>
1564 <b>__clearTypedWarning</b>(<i>warningKind</i>) 2086 <b>__clearTypedWarning</b>(<i>warningKind</i>)
2087
1565 <p> 2088 <p>
1566 Private method to clear warnings of a specific kind. 2089 Private method to clear warnings of a specific kind.
1567 </p><dl> 2090 </p>
2091 <dl>
2092
1568 <dt><i>warningKind</i></dt> 2093 <dt><i>warningKind</i></dt>
1569 <dd> 2094 <dd>
1570 kind of warning to clear (Editor.WarningCode, 2095 kind of warning to clear (Editor.WarningCode,
1571 Editor.WarningStyle) 2096 Editor.WarningStyle)
1572 </dd> 2097 </dd>
1573 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations" ID="Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations"></a> 2098 </dl>
2099 <a NAME="Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations" ID="Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations"></a>
1574 <h4>Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</h4> 2100 <h4>Editor.__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</h4>
1575 <b>__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</b>(<i></i>) 2101 <b>__codeCoverageHideAnnotations</b>(<i></i>)
2102
1576 <p> 2103 <p>
1577 Private method to handle the hide code coverage annotations context 2104 Private method to handle the hide code coverage annotations context
1578 menu action. 2105 menu action.
1579 </p><a NAME="Editor.__completionListSelected" ID="Editor.__completionListSelected"></a> 2106 </p>
2107 <a NAME="Editor.__completionListSelected" ID="Editor.__completionListSelected"></a>
1580 <h4>Editor.__completionListSelected</h4> 2108 <h4>Editor.__completionListSelected</h4>
1581 <b>__completionListSelected</b>(<i>listId, txt</i>) 2109 <b>__completionListSelected</b>(<i>listId, txt</i>)
2110
1582 <p> 2111 <p>
1583 Private slot to handle the selection from the completion list. 2112 Private slot to handle the selection from the completion list.
1584 </p><dl> 2113 </p>
2114 <dl>
2115
1585 <dt><i>listId</i></dt> 2116 <dt><i>listId</i></dt>
1586 <dd> 2117 <dd>
1587 the ID of the user list (should be 1 or 2) (integer) 2118 the ID of the user list (should be 1 or 2) (integer)
1588 </dd><dt><i>txt</i></dt> 2119 </dd>
2120 <dt><i>txt</i></dt>
1589 <dd> 2121 <dd>
1590 the selected text (string) 2122 the selected text (string)
1591 </dd> 2123 </dd>
1592 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__contextClose" ID="Editor.__contextClose"></a> 2124 </dl>
2125 <a NAME="Editor.__contextClose" ID="Editor.__contextClose"></a>
1593 <h4>Editor.__contextClose</h4> 2126 <h4>Editor.__contextClose</h4>
1594 <b>__contextClose</b>(<i></i>) 2127 <b>__contextClose</b>(<i></i>)
2128
1595 <p> 2129 <p>
1596 Private slot handling the close context menu entry. 2130 Private slot handling the close context menu entry.
1597 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren" ID="Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren"></a> 2131 </p>
2132 <a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren" ID="Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren"></a>
1598 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</h4> 2133 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</h4>
1599 <b>__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</b>(<i></i>) 2134 <b>__contextMenuCollapseFoldWithChildren</b>(<i></i>)
2135
1600 <p> 2136 <p>
1601 Private slot to handle the context menu collapse with children action. 2137 Private slot to handle the context menu collapse with children action.
1602 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren" ID="Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren"></a> 2138 </p>
2139 <a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren" ID="Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren"></a>
1603 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</h4> 2140 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</h4>
1604 <b>__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</b>(<i></i>) 2141 <b>__contextMenuExpandFoldWithChildren</b>(<i></i>)
2142
1605 <p> 2143 <p>
1606 Private slot to handle the context menu expand with children action. 2144 Private slot to handle the context menu expand with children action.
1607 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered" ID="Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered"></a> 2145 </p>
2146 <a NAME="Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered" ID="Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered"></a>
1608 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</h4> 2147 <h4>Editor.__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</h4>
1609 <b>__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</b>(<i>action</i>) 2148 <b>__contextMenuSpellingTriggered</b>(<i>action</i>)
2149
1610 <p> 2150 <p>
1611 Private slot to handle the selection of a suggestion of the spelling 2151 Private slot to handle the selection of a suggestion of the spelling
1612 context menu. 2152 context menu.
1613 </p><dl> 2153 </p>
2154 <dl>
2155
1614 <dt><i>action</i></dt> 2156 <dt><i>action</i></dt>
1615 <dd> 2157 <dd>
1616 reference to the action that was selected (QAction) 2158 reference to the action that was selected (QAction)
1617 </dd> 2159 </dd>
1618 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__contextOpenRejections" ID="Editor.__contextOpenRejections"></a> 2160 </dl>
2161 <a NAME="Editor.__contextOpenRejections" ID="Editor.__contextOpenRejections"></a>
1619 <h4>Editor.__contextOpenRejections</h4> 2162 <h4>Editor.__contextOpenRejections</h4>
1620 <b>__contextOpenRejections</b>(<i></i>) 2163 <b>__contextOpenRejections</b>(<i></i>)
2164
1621 <p> 2165 <p>
1622 Private slot handling the open rejections file context menu entry. 2166 Private slot handling the open rejections file context menu entry.
1623 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextSave" ID="Editor.__contextSave"></a> 2167 </p>
2168 <a NAME="Editor.__contextSave" ID="Editor.__contextSave"></a>
1624 <h4>Editor.__contextSave</h4> 2169 <h4>Editor.__contextSave</h4>
1625 <b>__contextSave</b>(<i></i>) 2170 <b>__contextSave</b>(<i></i>)
2171
1626 <p> 2172 <p>
1627 Private slot handling the save context menu entry. 2173 Private slot handling the save context menu entry.
1628 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextSaveAs" ID="Editor.__contextSaveAs"></a> 2174 </p>
2175 <a NAME="Editor.__contextSaveAs" ID="Editor.__contextSaveAs"></a>
1629 <h4>Editor.__contextSaveAs</h4> 2176 <h4>Editor.__contextSaveAs</h4>
1630 <b>__contextSaveAs</b>(<i></i>) 2177 <b>__contextSaveAs</b>(<i></i>)
2178
1631 <p> 2179 <p>
1632 Private slot handling the save as context menu entry. 2180 Private slot handling the save as context menu entry.
1633 </p><a NAME="Editor.__contextSaveCopy" ID="Editor.__contextSaveCopy"></a> 2181 </p>
2182 <a NAME="Editor.__contextSaveCopy" ID="Editor.__contextSaveCopy"></a>
1634 <h4>Editor.__contextSaveCopy</h4> 2183 <h4>Editor.__contextSaveCopy</h4>
1635 <b>__contextSaveCopy</b>(<i></i>) 2184 <b>__contextSaveCopy</b>(<i></i>)
2185
1636 <p> 2186 <p>
1637 Private slot handling the save copy context menu entry. 2187 Private slot handling the save copy context menu entry.
1638 </p><a NAME="Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap" ID="Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap"></a> 2188 </p>
2189 <a NAME="Editor.__convertTabs" ID="Editor.__convertTabs"></a>
2190 <h4>Editor.__convertTabs</h4>
2191 <b>__convertTabs</b>(<i></i>)
2192
2193 <p>
2194 Private slot to convert tabulators to spaces.
2195 </p>
2196 <a NAME="Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap" ID="Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap"></a>
1639 <h4>Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap</h4> 2197 <h4>Editor.__createChangeMarkerPixmap</h4>
1640 <b>__createChangeMarkerPixmap</b>(<i>key, size=16, width=4</i>) 2198 <b>__createChangeMarkerPixmap</b>(<i>key, size=16, width=4</i>)
2199
1641 <p> 2200 <p>
1642 Private method to create a pixmap for the change markers. 2201 Private method to create a pixmap for the change markers.
1643 </p><dl> 2202 </p>
2203 <dl>
2204
1644 <dt><i>key</i></dt> 2205 <dt><i>key</i></dt>
1645 <dd> 2206 <dd>
1646 key of the color to use (string) 2207 key of the color to use (string)
1647 </dd><dt><i>size</i></dt> 2208 </dd>
2209 <dt><i>size</i></dt>
1648 <dd> 2210 <dd>
1649 size of the pixmap (integer) 2211 size of the pixmap (integer)
1650 </dd><dt><i>width</i></dt> 2212 </dd>
2213 <dt><i>width</i></dt>
1651 <dd> 2214 <dd>
1652 width of the marker line (integer) 2215 width of the marker line (integer)
1653 </dd> 2216 </dd>
1654 </dl><dl> 2217 </dl>
2218 <dl>
1655 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2219 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1656 <dd> 2220 <dd>
1657 create pixmap (QPixmap) 2221 create pixmap (QPixmap)
1658 </dd> 2222 </dd>
1659 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__cursorPositionChanged" ID="Editor.__cursorPositionChanged"></a> 2223 </dl>
2224 <a NAME="Editor.__cursorPositionChanged" ID="Editor.__cursorPositionChanged"></a>
1660 <h4>Editor.__cursorPositionChanged</h4> 2225 <h4>Editor.__cursorPositionChanged</h4>
1661 <b>__cursorPositionChanged</b>(<i>line, index</i>) 2226 <b>__cursorPositionChanged</b>(<i>line, index</i>)
2227
1662 <p> 2228 <p>
1663 Private slot to handle the cursorPositionChanged signal. 2229 Private slot to handle the cursorPositionChanged signal.
1664 </p><p> 2230 </p>
2231 <p>
1665 It emits the signal cursorChanged with parameters fileName, 2232 It emits the signal cursorChanged with parameters fileName,
1666 line and pos. 2233 line and pos.
1667 </p><dl> 2234 </p>
2235 <dl>
2236
1668 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 2237 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
1669 <dd> 2238 <dd>
1670 line number of the cursor 2239 line number of the cursor
1671 </dd><dt><i>index</i></dt> 2240 </dd>
2241 <dt><i>index</i></dt>
1672 <dd> 2242 <dd>
1673 position in line of the cursor 2243 position in line of the cursor
1674 </dd> 2244 </dd>
1675 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers" ID="Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers"></a> 2245 </dl>
2246 <a NAME="Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers" ID="Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers"></a>
1676 <h4>Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers</h4> 2247 <h4>Editor.__deleteAllChangeMarkers</h4>
1677 <b>__deleteAllChangeMarkers</b>(<i></i>) 2248 <b>__deleteAllChangeMarkers</b>(<i></i>)
2249
1678 <p> 2250 <p>
1679 Private slot to delete all change markers. 2251 Private slot to delete all change markers.
1680 </p><a NAME="Editor.__deleteBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__deleteBreakPoints"></a> 2252 </p>
2253 <a NAME="Editor.__deleteBreakPoints" ID="Editor.__deleteBreakPoints"></a>
1681 <h4>Editor.__deleteBreakPoints</h4> 2254 <h4>Editor.__deleteBreakPoints</h4>
1682 <b>__deleteBreakPoints</b>(<i>parentIndex, start, end</i>) 2255 <b>__deleteBreakPoints</b>(<i>parentIndex, start, end</i>)
2256
1683 <p> 2257 <p>
1684 Private slot to delete breakpoints. 2258 Private slot to delete breakpoints.
1685 </p><dl> 2259 </p>
2260 <dl>
2261
1686 <dt><i>parentIndex</i></dt> 2262 <dt><i>parentIndex</i></dt>
1687 <dd> 2263 <dd>
1688 index of parent item (QModelIndex) 2264 index of parent item (QModelIndex)
1689 </dd><dt><i>start</i></dt> 2265 </dd>
2266 <dt><i>start</i></dt>
1690 <dd> 2267 <dd>
1691 start row (integer) 2268 start row (integer)
1692 </dd><dt><i>end</i></dt> 2269 </dd>
2270 <dt><i>end</i></dt>
1693 <dd> 2271 <dd>
1694 end row (integer) 2272 end row (integer)
1695 </dd> 2273 </dd>
1696 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__deselectAll" ID="Editor.__deselectAll"></a> 2274 </dl>
2275 <a NAME="Editor.__deselectAll" ID="Editor.__deselectAll"></a>
1697 <h4>Editor.__deselectAll</h4> 2276 <h4>Editor.__deselectAll</h4>
1698 <b>__deselectAll</b>(<i></i>) 2277 <b>__deselectAll</b>(<i></i>)
2278
1699 <p> 2279 <p>
1700 Private slot handling the deselect all context menu action. 2280 Private slot handling the deselect all context menu action.
1701 </p><a NAME="Editor.__dispatchCommand" ID="Editor.__dispatchCommand"></a> 2281 </p>
2282 <a NAME="Editor.__dispatchCommand" ID="Editor.__dispatchCommand"></a>
1702 <h4>Editor.__dispatchCommand</h4> 2283 <h4>Editor.__dispatchCommand</h4>
1703 <b>__dispatchCommand</b>(<i>command</i>) 2284 <b>__dispatchCommand</b>(<i>command</i>)
2285
1704 <p> 2286 <p>
1705 Private method to dispatch received commands. 2287 Private method to dispatch received commands.
1706 </p><dl> 2288 </p>
2289 <dl>
2290
1707 <dt><i>command</i></dt> 2291 <dt><i>command</i></dt>
1708 <dd> 2292 <dd>
1709 command to be processed (string) 2293 command to be processed (string)
1710 </dd> 2294 </dd>
1711 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__encodingChanged" ID="Editor.__encodingChanged"></a> 2295 </dl>
2296 <a NAME="Editor.__encodingChanged" ID="Editor.__encodingChanged"></a>
1712 <h4>Editor.__encodingChanged</h4> 2297 <h4>Editor.__encodingChanged</h4>
1713 <b>__encodingChanged</b>(<i>encoding, propagate=True</i>) 2298 <b>__encodingChanged</b>(<i>encoding, propagate=True</i>)
2299
1714 <p> 2300 <p>
1715 Private slot to handle a change of the encoding. 2301 Private slot to handle a change of the encoding.
1716 </p><dl> 2302 </p>
2303 <dl>
2304
1717 <dt><i>encoding</i></dt> 2305 <dt><i>encoding</i></dt>
1718 <dd> 2306 <dd>
1719 changed encoding (string) 2307 changed encoding (string)
1720 </dd><dt><i>propagate=</i></dt> 2308 </dd>
2309 <dt><i>propagate=</i></dt>
1721 <dd> 2310 <dd>
1722 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean) 2311 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean)
1723 </dd> 2312 </dd>
1724 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered"></a> 2313 </dl>
2314 <a NAME="Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered"></a>
1725 <h4>Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered</h4> 2315 <h4>Editor.__encodingsMenuTriggered</h4>
1726 <b>__encodingsMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>) 2316 <b>__encodingsMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>)
2317
1727 <p> 2318 <p>
1728 Private method to handle the selection of an encoding. 2319 Private method to handle the selection of an encoding.
1729 </p><dl> 2320 </p>
2321 <dl>
2322
1730 <dt><i>act</i></dt> 2323 <dt><i>act</i></dt>
1731 <dd> 2324 <dd>
1732 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction) 2325 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction)
1733 </dd> 2326 </dd>
1734 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__eolChanged" ID="Editor.__eolChanged"></a> 2327 </dl>
2328 <a NAME="Editor.__eolChanged" ID="Editor.__eolChanged"></a>
1735 <h4>Editor.__eolChanged</h4> 2329 <h4>Editor.__eolChanged</h4>
1736 <b>__eolChanged</b>(<i></i>) 2330 <b>__eolChanged</b>(<i></i>)
2331
1737 <p> 2332 <p>
1738 Private slot to handle a change of the eol mode. 2333 Private slot to handle a change of the eol mode.
1739 </p><a NAME="Editor.__eolMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__eolMenuTriggered"></a> 2334 </p>
2335 <a NAME="Editor.__eolMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__eolMenuTriggered"></a>
1740 <h4>Editor.__eolMenuTriggered</h4> 2336 <h4>Editor.__eolMenuTriggered</h4>
1741 <b>__eolMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>) 2337 <b>__eolMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>)
2338
1742 <p> 2339 <p>
1743 Private method to handle the selection of an eol type. 2340 Private method to handle the selection of an eol type.
1744 </p><dl> 2341 </p>
2342 <dl>
2343
1745 <dt><i>act</i></dt> 2344 <dt><i>act</i></dt>
1746 <dd> 2345 <dd>
1747 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction) 2346 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction)
1748 </dd> 2347 </dd>
1749 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__executeSelection" ID="Editor.__executeSelection"></a> 2348 </dl>
2349 <a NAME="Editor.__executeSelection" ID="Editor.__executeSelection"></a>
1750 <h4>Editor.__executeSelection</h4> 2350 <h4>Editor.__executeSelection</h4>
1751 <b>__executeSelection</b>(<i></i>) 2351 <b>__executeSelection</b>(<i></i>)
2352
1752 <p> 2353 <p>
1753 Private slot to execute the selected text in the shell window. 2354 Private slot to execute the selected text in the shell window.
1754 </p><a NAME="Editor.__exportMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__exportMenuTriggered"></a> 2355 </p>
2356 <a NAME="Editor.__exportMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__exportMenuTriggered"></a>
1755 <h4>Editor.__exportMenuTriggered</h4> 2357 <h4>Editor.__exportMenuTriggered</h4>
1756 <b>__exportMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>) 2358 <b>__exportMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>)
2359
1757 <p> 2360 <p>
1758 Private method to handle the selection of an export format. 2361 Private method to handle the selection of an export format.
1759 </p><dl> 2362 </p>
2363 <dl>
2364
1760 <dt><i>act</i></dt> 2365 <dt><i>act</i></dt>
1761 <dd> 2366 <dd>
1762 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction) 2367 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction)
1763 </dd> 2368 </dd>
1764 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getAcText" ID="Editor.__getAcText"></a> 2369 </dl>
2370 <a NAME="Editor.__getAcText" ID="Editor.__getAcText"></a>
1765 <h4>Editor.__getAcText</h4> 2371 <h4>Editor.__getAcText</h4>
1766 <b>__getAcText</b>(<i></i>) 2372 <b>__getAcText</b>(<i></i>)
2373
1767 <p> 2374 <p>
1768 Private method to get the text from cursor position for autocompleting. 2375 Private method to get the text from cursor position for autocompleting.
1769 </p><dl> 2376 </p>
2377 <dl>
1770 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2378 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1771 <dd> 2379 <dd>
1772 text left of cursor position 2380 text left of cursor position
1773 </dd> 2381 </dd>
1774 </dl><dl> 2382 </dl>
2383 <dl>
1775 <dt>Return Type:</dt> 2384 <dt>Return Type:</dt>
1776 <dd> 2385 <dd>
1777 str 2386 str
1778 </dd> 2387 </dd>
1779 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getCharacter" ID="Editor.__getCharacter"></a> 2388 </dl>
2389 <a NAME="Editor.__getCharacter" ID="Editor.__getCharacter"></a>
1780 <h4>Editor.__getCharacter</h4> 2390 <h4>Editor.__getCharacter</h4>
1781 <b>__getCharacter</b>(<i>pos</i>) 2391 <b>__getCharacter</b>(<i>pos</i>)
2392
1782 <p> 2393 <p>
1783 Private method to get the character to the left of the current position 2394 Private method to get the character to the left of the current position
1784 in the current line. 2395 in the current line.
1785 </p><dl> 2396 </p>
2397 <dl>
2398
1786 <dt><i>pos</i></dt> 2399 <dt><i>pos</i></dt>
1787 <dd> 2400 <dd>
1788 position to get character at (integer) 2401 position to get character at (integer)
1789 </dd> 2402 </dd>
1790 </dl><dl> 2403 </dl>
2404 <dl>
1791 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2405 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1792 <dd> 2406 <dd>
1793 requested character or "", if there are no more (string) and 2407 requested character or "", if there are no more (string) and
1794 the next position (i.e. pos - 1) 2408 the next position (i.e. pos - 1)
1795 </dd> 2409 </dd>
1796 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile" ID="Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile"></a> 2410 </dl>
2411 <a NAME="Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile" ID="Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile"></a>
1797 <h4>Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile</h4> 2412 <h4>Editor.__getCodeCoverageFile</h4>
1798 <b>__getCodeCoverageFile</b>(<i></i>) 2413 <b>__getCodeCoverageFile</b>(<i></i>)
2414
1799 <p> 2415 <p>
1800 Private method to get the file name of the file containing coverage 2416 Private method to get the file name of the file containing coverage
1801 info. 2417 info.
1802 </p><dl> 2418 </p>
2419 <dl>
1803 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2420 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1804 <dd> 2421 <dd>
1805 file name of the coverage file (string) 2422 file name of the coverage file (string)
1806 </dd> 2423 </dd>
1807 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getEditorConfig" ID="Editor.__getEditorConfig"></a> 2424 </dl>
2425 <a NAME="Editor.__getEditorConfig" ID="Editor.__getEditorConfig"></a>
1808 <h4>Editor.__getEditorConfig</h4> 2426 <h4>Editor.__getEditorConfig</h4>
1809 <b>__getEditorConfig</b>(<i>option, nodefault=False, config=None</i>) 2427 <b>__getEditorConfig</b>(<i>option, nodefault=False, config=None</i>)
2428
1810 <p> 2429 <p>
1811 Private method to get the requested option via EditorConfig. 2430 Private method to get the requested option via EditorConfig.
1812 </p><p> 2431 </p>
2432 <p>
1813 If there is no EditorConfig defined, the equivalent built-in option 2433 If there is no EditorConfig defined, the equivalent built-in option
1814 will be used (Preferences.getEditor() ). The option must be given as 2434 will be used (Preferences.getEditor() ). The option must be given as
1815 the Preferences option key. The mapping to the EditorConfig option name 2435 the Preferences option key. The mapping to the EditorConfig option name
1816 will be done within this method. 2436 will be done within this method.
1817 </p><dl> 2437 </p>
2438 <dl>
2439
1818 <dt><i>option</i> (str)</dt> 2440 <dt><i>option</i> (str)</dt>
1819 <dd> 2441 <dd>
1820 Preferences option key 2442 Preferences option key
1821 </dd><dt><i>nodefault</i> (bool)</dt> 2443 </dd>
2444 <dt><i>nodefault</i> (bool)</dt>
1822 <dd> 2445 <dd>
1823 flag indicating to not get the default value from 2446 flag indicating to not get the default value from
1824 Preferences but return None instead 2447 Preferences but return None instead
1825 </dd><dt><i>config</i> (dict)</dt> 2448 </dd>
2449 <dt><i>config</i> (dict)</dt>
1826 <dd> 2450 <dd>
1827 reference to an EditorConfig object or None 2451 reference to an EditorConfig object or None
1828 </dd> 2452 </dd>
1829 </dl><dl> 2453 </dl>
2454 <dl>
1830 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2455 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1831 <dd> 2456 <dd>
1832 value of requested setting or None if nothing was found and 2457 value of requested setting or None if nothing was found and
1833 nodefault parameter was True 2458 nodefault parameter was True
1834 </dd> 2459 </dd>
1835 </dl><dl> 2460 </dl>
2461 <dl>
1836 <dt>Return Type:</dt> 2462 <dt>Return Type:</dt>
1837 <dd> 2463 <dd>
1838 any 2464 any
1839 </dd> 2465 </dd>
1840 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getMacroName" ID="Editor.__getMacroName"></a> 2466 </dl>
2467 <a NAME="Editor.__getMacroName" ID="Editor.__getMacroName"></a>
1841 <h4>Editor.__getMacroName</h4> 2468 <h4>Editor.__getMacroName</h4>
1842 <b>__getMacroName</b>(<i></i>) 2469 <b>__getMacroName</b>(<i></i>)
2470
1843 <p> 2471 <p>
1844 Private method to select a macro name from the list of macros. 2472 Private method to select a macro name from the list of macros.
1845 </p><dl> 2473 </p>
2474 <dl>
1846 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2475 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1847 <dd> 2476 <dd>
1848 Tuple of macro name and a flag, indicating, if the user 2477 Tuple of macro name and a flag, indicating, if the user
1849 pressed ok or canceled the operation. (string, boolean) 2478 pressed ok or canceled the operation. (string, boolean)
1850 </dd> 2479 </dd>
1851 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getPyVersion" ID="Editor.__getPyVersion"></a> 2480 </dl>
2481 <a NAME="Editor.__getOverrideValue" ID="Editor.__getOverrideValue"></a>
2482 <h4>Editor.__getOverrideValue</h4>
2483 <b>__getOverrideValue</b>(<i>option</i>)
2484
2485 <p>
2486 Private method to get an override value for the current file type.
2487 </p>
2488 <dl>
2489
2490 <dt><i>option</i> (str)</dt>
2491 <dd>
2492 Preferences option key
2493 </dd>
2494 </dl>
2495 <dl>
2496 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2497 <dd>
2498 override value; None in case nothing is defined
2499 </dd>
2500 </dl>
2501 <dl>
2502 <dt>Return Type:</dt>
2503 <dd>
2504 any
2505 </dd>
2506 </dl>
2507 <a NAME="Editor.__getPyVersion" ID="Editor.__getPyVersion"></a>
1852 <h4>Editor.__getPyVersion</h4> 2508 <h4>Editor.__getPyVersion</h4>
1853 <b>__getPyVersion</b>(<i></i>) 2509 <b>__getPyVersion</b>(<i></i>)
2510
1854 <p> 2511 <p>
1855 Private method to return the Python main version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's 2512 Private method to return the Python main version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's
1856 not a Python file at all. 2513 not a Python file at all.
1857 </p><dl> 2514 </p>
2515 <dl>
1858 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2516 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1859 <dd> 2517 <dd>
1860 Python version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's not a Python file (int) 2518 Python version (2 or 3) or 0 if it's not a Python file (int)
1861 </dd> 2519 </dd>
1862 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__getSaveFileName" ID="Editor.__getSaveFileName"></a> 2520 </dl>
2521 <a NAME="Editor.__getSaveFileName" ID="Editor.__getSaveFileName"></a>
1863 <h4>Editor.__getSaveFileName</h4> 2522 <h4>Editor.__getSaveFileName</h4>
1864 <b>__getSaveFileName</b>(<i>path=None</i>) 2523 <b>__getSaveFileName</b>(<i>path=None</i>)
2524
1865 <p> 2525 <p>
1866 Private method to get the name of the file to be saved. 2526 Private method to get the name of the file to be saved.
1867 </p><dl> 2527 </p>
2528 <dl>
2529
1868 <dt><i>path</i></dt> 2530 <dt><i>path</i></dt>
1869 <dd> 2531 <dd>
1870 directory to save the file in (string) 2532 directory to save the file in (string)
1871 </dd> 2533 </dd>
1872 </dl><dl> 2534 </dl>
2535 <dl>
1873 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2536 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1874 <dd> 2537 <dd>
1875 file name (string) 2538 file name (string)
1876 </dd> 2539 </dd>
1877 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways" ID="Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways"></a> 2540 </dl>
2541 <a NAME="Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways" ID="Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways"></a>
1878 <h4>Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways</h4> 2542 <h4>Editor.__ignoreSpellingAlways</h4>
1879 <b>__ignoreSpellingAlways</b>(<i></i>) 2543 <b>__ignoreSpellingAlways</b>(<i></i>)
2544
1880 <p> 2545 <p>
1881 Private to always ignore the word below the spelling context menu. 2546 Private to always ignore the word below the spelling context menu.
1882 </p><a NAME="Editor.__indentLine" ID="Editor.__indentLine"></a> 2547 </p>
2548 <a NAME="Editor.__indentLine" ID="Editor.__indentLine"></a>
1883 <h4>Editor.__indentLine</h4> 2549 <h4>Editor.__indentLine</h4>
1884 <b>__indentLine</b>(<i>indent=True</i>) 2550 <b>__indentLine</b>(<i>indent=True</i>)
2551
1885 <p> 2552 <p>
1886 Private method to indent or unindent the current line. 2553 Private method to indent or unindent the current line.
1887 </p><dl> 2554 </p>
2555 <dl>
2556
1888 <dt><i>indent</i></dt> 2557 <dt><i>indent</i></dt>
1889 <dd> 2558 <dd>
1890 flag indicating an indent operation (boolean) 2559 flag indicating an indent operation (boolean)
1891 <br />If the flag is true, an indent operation is performed. 2560 <br />If the flag is true, an indent operation is performed.
1892 Otherwise the current line is unindented. 2561 Otherwise the current line is unindented.
1893 </dd> 2562 </dd>
1894 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__indentSelection" ID="Editor.__indentSelection"></a> 2563 </dl>
2564 <a NAME="Editor.__indentSelection" ID="Editor.__indentSelection"></a>
1895 <h4>Editor.__indentSelection</h4> 2565 <h4>Editor.__indentSelection</h4>
1896 <b>__indentSelection</b>(<i>indent=True</i>) 2566 <b>__indentSelection</b>(<i>indent=True</i>)
2567
1897 <p> 2568 <p>
1898 Private method to indent or unindent the current selection. 2569 Private method to indent or unindent the current selection.
1899 </p><dl> 2570 </p>
2571 <dl>
2572
1900 <dt><i>indent</i></dt> 2573 <dt><i>indent</i></dt>
1901 <dd> 2574 <dd>
1902 flag indicating an indent operation (boolean) 2575 flag indicating an indent operation (boolean)
1903 <br />If the flag is true, an indent operation is performed. 2576 <br />If the flag is true, an indent operation is performed.
1904 Otherwise the current line is unindented. 2577 Otherwise the current line is unindented.
1905 </dd> 2578 </dd>
1906 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenu" ID="Editor.__initContextMenu"></a> 2579 </dl>
2580 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenu" ID="Editor.__initContextMenu"></a>
1907 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenu</h4> 2581 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenu</h4>
1908 <b>__initContextMenu</b>(<i></i>) 2582 <b>__initContextMenu</b>(<i></i>)
2583
1909 <p> 2584 <p>
1910 Private method used to setup the context menu. 2585 Private method used to setup the context menu.
1911 </p><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion"></a> 2586 </p>
2587 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion"></a>
1912 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion</h4> 2588 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuAutocompletion</h4>
1913 <b>__initContextMenuAutocompletion</b>(<i></i>) 2589 <b>__initContextMenuAutocompletion</b>(<i></i>)
2590
1914 <p> 2591 <p>
1915 Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu. 2592 Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.
1916 </p><dl> 2593 </p>
2594 <dl>
1917 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2595 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1918 <dd> 2596 <dd>
1919 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2597 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1920 </dd> 2598 </dd>
1921 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuChecks" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuChecks"></a> 2599 </dl>
2600 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuChecks" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuChecks"></a>
1922 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuChecks</h4> 2601 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuChecks</h4>
1923 <b>__initContextMenuChecks</b>(<i></i>) 2602 <b>__initContextMenuChecks</b>(<i></i>)
2603
1924 <p> 2604 <p>
1925 Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu. 2605 Private method used to setup the Checks context sub menu.
1926 </p><dl> 2606 </p>
2607 <dl>
1927 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2608 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1928 <dd> 2609 <dd>
1929 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2610 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1930 </dd> 2611 </dd>
1931 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings"></a> 2612 </dl>
2613 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings"></a>
1932 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings</h4> 2614 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuEncodings</h4>
1933 <b>__initContextMenuEncodings</b>(<i></i>) 2615 <b>__initContextMenuEncodings</b>(<i></i>)
2616
1934 <p> 2617 <p>
1935 Private method used to setup the Encodings context sub menu. 2618 Private method used to setup the Encodings context sub menu.
1936 </p><dl> 2619 </p>
2620 <dl>
1937 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2621 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1938 <dd> 2622 <dd>
1939 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2623 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1940 </dd> 2624 </dd>
1941 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuEol" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuEol"></a> 2625 </dl>
2626 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuEol" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuEol"></a>
1942 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuEol</h4> 2627 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuEol</h4>
1943 <b>__initContextMenuEol</b>(<i></i>) 2628 <b>__initContextMenuEol</b>(<i></i>)
2629
1944 <p> 2630 <p>
1945 Private method to setup the eol context sub menu. 2631 Private method to setup the eol context sub menu.
1946 </p><dl> 2632 </p>
2633 <dl>
1947 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2634 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1948 <dd> 2635 <dd>
1949 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2636 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1950 </dd> 2637 </dd>
1951 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuExporters" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuExporters"></a> 2638 </dl>
2639 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuExporters" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuExporters"></a>
1952 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuExporters</h4> 2640 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuExporters</h4>
1953 <b>__initContextMenuExporters</b>(<i></i>) 2641 <b>__initContextMenuExporters</b>(<i></i>)
2642
1954 <p> 2643 <p>
1955 Private method used to setup the Exporters context sub menu. 2644 Private method used to setup the Exporters context sub menu.
1956 </p><dl> 2645 </p>
2646 <dl>
1957 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2647 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1958 <dd> 2648 <dd>
1959 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2649 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1960 </dd> 2650 </dd>
1961 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics"></a> 2651 </dl>
2652 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics"></a>
1962 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics</h4> 2653 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuGraphics</h4>
1963 <b>__initContextMenuGraphics</b>(<i></i>) 2654 <b>__initContextMenuGraphics</b>(<i></i>)
2655
1964 <p> 2656 <p>
1965 Private method used to setup the diagrams context sub menu. 2657 Private method used to setup the diagrams context sub menu.
1966 </p><dl> 2658 </p>
2659 <dl>
1967 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2660 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1968 <dd> 2661 <dd>
1969 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2662 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1970 </dd> 2663 </dd>
1971 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages"></a> 2664 </dl>
2665 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages"></a>
1972 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages</h4> 2666 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuLanguages</h4>
1973 <b>__initContextMenuLanguages</b>(<i></i>) 2667 <b>__initContextMenuLanguages</b>(<i></i>)
2668
1974 <p> 2669 <p>
1975 Private method used to setup the Languages context sub menu. 2670 Private method used to setup the Languages context sub menu.
1976 </p><dl> 2671 </p>
2672 <dl>
1977 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2673 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1978 <dd> 2674 <dd>
1979 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2675 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1980 </dd> 2676 </dd>
1981 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuMargins" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuMargins"></a> 2677 </dl>
2678 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuMargins" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuMargins"></a>
1982 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuMargins</h4> 2679 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuMargins</h4>
1983 <b>__initContextMenuMargins</b>(<i></i>) 2680 <b>__initContextMenuMargins</b>(<i></i>)
2681
1984 <p> 2682 <p>
1985 Private method used to setup the context menu for the margins. 2683 Private method used to setup the context menu for the margins.
1986 </p><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding"></a> 2684 </p>
2685 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding"></a>
1987 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</h4> 2686 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</h4>
1988 <b>__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</b>(<i></i>) 2687 <b>__initContextMenuReopenWithEncoding</b>(<i></i>)
2688
1989 <p> 2689 <p>
1990 Private method used to setup the Reopen With Encoding context sub menu. 2690 Private method used to setup the Reopen With Encoding context sub menu.
1991 </p><dl> 2691 </p>
2692 <dl>
1992 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2693 <dt>Returns:</dt>
1993 <dd> 2694 <dd>
1994 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2695 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
1995 </dd> 2696 </dd>
1996 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuResources" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuResources"></a> 2697 </dl>
2698 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuResources" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuResources"></a>
1997 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuResources</h4> 2699 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuResources</h4>
1998 <b>__initContextMenuResources</b>(<i></i>) 2700 <b>__initContextMenuResources</b>(<i></i>)
2701
1999 <p> 2702 <p>
2000 Private method used to setup the Resources context sub menu. 2703 Private method used to setup the Resources context sub menu.
2001 </p><dl> 2704 </p>
2705 <dl>
2002 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2706 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2003 <dd> 2707 <dd>
2004 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2708 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
2005 </dd> 2709 </dd>
2006 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuShow" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuShow"></a> 2710 </dl>
2711 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuShow" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuShow"></a>
2007 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuShow</h4> 2712 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuShow</h4>
2008 <b>__initContextMenuShow</b>(<i></i>) 2713 <b>__initContextMenuShow</b>(<i></i>)
2714
2009 <p> 2715 <p>
2010 Private method used to setup the Show context sub menu. 2716 Private method used to setup the Show context sub menu.
2011 </p><dl> 2717 </p>
2718 <dl>
2012 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2719 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2013 <dd> 2720 <dd>
2014 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2721 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
2015 </dd> 2722 </dd>
2016 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuTools" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuTools"></a> 2723 </dl>
2724 <a NAME="Editor.__initContextMenuTools" ID="Editor.__initContextMenuTools"></a>
2017 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuTools</h4> 2725 <h4>Editor.__initContextMenuTools</h4>
2018 <b>__initContextMenuTools</b>(<i></i>) 2726 <b>__initContextMenuTools</b>(<i></i>)
2727
2019 <p> 2728 <p>
2020 Private method used to setup the Tools context sub menu. 2729 Private method used to setup the Tools context sub menu.
2021 </p><dl> 2730 </p>
2731 <dl>
2022 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2732 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2023 <dd> 2733 <dd>
2024 reference to the generated menu (QMenu) 2734 reference to the generated menu (QMenu)
2025 </dd> 2735 </dd>
2026 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace" ID="Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace"></a> 2736 </dl>
2737 <a NAME="Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace" ID="Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace"></a>
2027 <h4>Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace</h4> 2738 <h4>Editor.__initOnlineChangeTrace</h4>
2028 <b>__initOnlineChangeTrace</b>(<i></i>) 2739 <b>__initOnlineChangeTrace</b>(<i></i>)
2740
2029 <p> 2741 <p>
2030 Private slot to initialize the online change trace. 2742 Private slot to initialize the online change trace.
2031 </p><a NAME="Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck" ID="Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck"></a> 2743 </p>
2744 <a NAME="Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck" ID="Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck"></a>
2032 <h4>Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</h4> 2745 <h4>Editor.__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</h4>
2033 <b>__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</b>(<i></i>) 2746 <b>__initOnlineSyntaxCheck</b>(<i></i>)
2747
2034 <p> 2748 <p>
2035 Private slot to initialize the online syntax check. 2749 Private slot to initialize the online syntax check.
2036 </p><a NAME="Editor.__isCommentedLine" ID="Editor.__isCommentedLine"></a> 2750 </p>
2751 <a NAME="Editor.__isCommentedLine" ID="Editor.__isCommentedLine"></a>
2037 <h4>Editor.__isCommentedLine</h4> 2752 <h4>Editor.__isCommentedLine</h4>
2038 <b>__isCommentedLine</b>(<i>line, commentStr</i>) 2753 <b>__isCommentedLine</b>(<i>line, commentStr</i>)
2754
2039 <p> 2755 <p>
2040 Private method to check, if the given line is a comment line as 2756 Private method to check, if the given line is a comment line as
2041 produced by the configured comment rules. 2757 produced by the configured comment rules.
2042 </p><dl> 2758 </p>
2759 <dl>
2760
2043 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 2761 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2044 <dd> 2762 <dd>
2045 text of the line to check (string) 2763 text of the line to check (string)
2046 </dd><dt><i>commentStr</i></dt> 2764 </dd>
2765 <dt><i>commentStr</i></dt>
2047 <dd> 2766 <dd>
2048 comment string to check against (string) 2767 comment string to check against (string)
2049 </dd> 2768 </dd>
2050 </dl><dl> 2769 </dl>
2770 <dl>
2051 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2771 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2052 <dd> 2772 <dd>
2053 flag indicating a commented line (boolean) 2773 flag indicating a commented line (boolean)
2054 </dd> 2774 </dd>
2055 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__isStartChar" ID="Editor.__isStartChar"></a> 2775 </dl>
2776 <a NAME="Editor.__isStartChar" ID="Editor.__isStartChar"></a>
2056 <h4>Editor.__isStartChar</h4> 2777 <h4>Editor.__isStartChar</h4>
2057 <b>__isStartChar</b>(<i>ch</i>) 2778 <b>__isStartChar</b>(<i>ch</i>)
2779
2058 <p> 2780 <p>
2059 Private method to check, if a character is an autocompletion start 2781 Private method to check, if a character is an autocompletion start
2060 character. 2782 character.
2061 </p><dl> 2783 </p>
2784 <dl>
2785
2062 <dt><i>ch</i></dt> 2786 <dt><i>ch</i></dt>
2063 <dd> 2787 <dd>
2064 character to be checked (one character string) 2788 character to be checked (one character string)
2065 </dd> 2789 </dd>
2066 </dl><dl> 2790 </dl>
2791 <dl>
2067 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2792 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2068 <dd> 2793 <dd>
2069 flag indicating the result (boolean) 2794 flag indicating the result (boolean)
2070 </dd> 2795 </dd>
2071 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__languageChanged" ID="Editor.__languageChanged"></a> 2796 </dl>
2797 <a NAME="Editor.__languageChanged" ID="Editor.__languageChanged"></a>
2072 <h4>Editor.__languageChanged</h4> 2798 <h4>Editor.__languageChanged</h4>
2073 <b>__languageChanged</b>(<i>language, propagate=True</i>) 2799 <b>__languageChanged</b>(<i>language, propagate=True</i>)
2800
2074 <p> 2801 <p>
2075 Private slot handling a change of a connected editor's language. 2802 Private slot handling a change of a connected editor's language.
2076 </p><dl> 2803 </p>
2804 <dl>
2805
2077 <dt><i>language</i></dt> 2806 <dt><i>language</i></dt>
2078 <dd> 2807 <dd>
2079 language to be set (string) 2808 language to be set (string)
2080 </dd><dt><i>propagate=</i></dt> 2809 </dd>
2810 <dt><i>propagate=</i></dt>
2081 <dd> 2811 <dd>
2082 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean) 2812 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean)
2083 </dd> 2813 </dd>
2084 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__languageMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__languageMenuTriggered"></a> 2814 </dl>
2815 <a NAME="Editor.__languageMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__languageMenuTriggered"></a>
2085 <h4>Editor.__languageMenuTriggered</h4> 2816 <h4>Editor.__languageMenuTriggered</h4>
2086 <b>__languageMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>) 2817 <b>__languageMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>)
2818
2087 <p> 2819 <p>
2088 Private method to handle the selection of a lexer language. 2820 Private method to handle the selection of a lexer language.
2089 </p><dl> 2821 </p>
2822 <dl>
2823
2090 <dt><i>act</i></dt> 2824 <dt><i>act</i></dt>
2091 <dd> 2825 <dd>
2092 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction) 2826 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction)
2093 </dd> 2827 </dd>
2094 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__lmBbookmarks" ID="Editor.__lmBbookmarks"></a> 2828 </dl>
2829 <a NAME="Editor.__lmBbookmarks" ID="Editor.__lmBbookmarks"></a>
2095 <h4>Editor.__lmBbookmarks</h4> 2830 <h4>Editor.__lmBbookmarks</h4>
2096 <b>__lmBbookmarks</b>(<i></i>) 2831 <b>__lmBbookmarks</b>(<i></i>)
2832
2097 <p> 2833 <p>
2098 Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles bookmark' context menu 2834 Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles bookmark' context menu
2099 action. 2835 action.
2100 </p><a NAME="Editor.__lmBbreakpoints" ID="Editor.__lmBbreakpoints"></a> 2836 </p>
2837 <a NAME="Editor.__lmBbreakpoints" ID="Editor.__lmBbreakpoints"></a>
2101 <h4>Editor.__lmBbreakpoints</h4> 2838 <h4>Editor.__lmBbreakpoints</h4>
2102 <b>__lmBbreakpoints</b>(<i></i>) 2839 <b>__lmBbreakpoints</b>(<i></i>)
2840
2103 <p> 2841 <p>
2104 Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles breakpoint' context menu 2842 Private method to handle the 'LMB toggles breakpoint' context menu
2105 action. 2843 action.
2106 </p><a NAME="Editor.__loadDiagram" ID="Editor.__loadDiagram"></a> 2844 </p>
2845 <a NAME="Editor.__loadDiagram" ID="Editor.__loadDiagram"></a>
2107 <h4>Editor.__loadDiagram</h4> 2846 <h4>Editor.__loadDiagram</h4>
2108 <b>__loadDiagram</b>(<i></i>) 2847 <b>__loadDiagram</b>(<i></i>)
2848
2109 <p> 2849 <p>
2110 Private slot to load a diagram from file. 2850 Private slot to load a diagram from file.
2111 </p><a NAME="Editor.__loadEditorConfig" ID="Editor.__loadEditorConfig"></a> 2851 </p>
2852 <a NAME="Editor.__loadEditorConfig" ID="Editor.__loadEditorConfig"></a>
2112 <h4>Editor.__loadEditorConfig</h4> 2853 <h4>Editor.__loadEditorConfig</h4>
2113 <b>__loadEditorConfig</b>(<i>fileName=""</i>) 2854 <b>__loadEditorConfig</b>(<i>fileName=""</i>)
2855
2114 <p> 2856 <p>
2115 Private method to load the EditorConfig properties. 2857 Private method to load the EditorConfig properties.
2116 </p><dl> 2858 </p>
2859 <dl>
2860
2117 <dt><i>fileName</i> (str)</dt> 2861 <dt><i>fileName</i> (str)</dt>
2118 <dd> 2862 <dd>
2119 name of the file 2863 name of the file
2120 </dd> 2864 </dd>
2121 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject" ID="Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject"></a> 2865 </dl>
2866 <a NAME="Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject" ID="Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject"></a>
2122 <h4>Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject</h4> 2867 <h4>Editor.__loadEditorConfigObject</h4>
2123 <b>__loadEditorConfigObject</b>(<i>fileName</i>) 2868 <b>__loadEditorConfigObject</b>(<i>fileName</i>)
2869
2124 <p> 2870 <p>
2125 Private method to load the EditorConfig properties for the given 2871 Private method to load the EditorConfig properties for the given
2126 file name. 2872 file name.
2127 </p><dl> 2873 </p>
2874 <dl>
2875
2128 <dt><i>fileName</i> (str)</dt> 2876 <dt><i>fileName</i> (str)</dt>
2129 <dd> 2877 <dd>
2130 name of the file 2878 name of the file
2131 </dd> 2879 </dd>
2132 </dl><dl> 2880 </dl>
2881 <dl>
2133 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2882 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2134 <dd> 2883 <dd>
2135 EditorConfig dictionary 2884 EditorConfig dictionary
2136 </dd> 2885 </dd>
2137 </dl><dl> 2886 </dl>
2887 <dl>
2138 <dt>Return Type:</dt> 2888 <dt>Return Type:</dt>
2139 <dd> 2889 <dd>
2140 dict 2890 dict
2141 </dd> 2891 </dd>
2142 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__marginClicked" ID="Editor.__marginClicked"></a> 2892 </dl>
2893 <a NAME="Editor.__marginClicked" ID="Editor.__marginClicked"></a>
2143 <h4>Editor.__marginClicked</h4> 2894 <h4>Editor.__marginClicked</h4>
2144 <b>__marginClicked</b>(<i>margin, line, modifiers</i>) 2895 <b>__marginClicked</b>(<i>margin, line, modifiers</i>)
2896
2145 <p> 2897 <p>
2146 Private slot to handle the marginClicked signal. 2898 Private slot to handle the marginClicked signal.
2147 </p><dl> 2899 </p>
2900 <dl>
2901
2148 <dt><i>margin</i></dt> 2902 <dt><i>margin</i></dt>
2149 <dd> 2903 <dd>
2150 id of the clicked margin (integer) 2904 id of the clicked margin (integer)
2151 </dd><dt><i>line</i></dt> 2905 </dd>
2906 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2152 <dd> 2907 <dd>
2153 line number of the click (integer) 2908 line number of the click (integer)
2154 </dd><dt><i>modifiers</i></dt> 2909 </dd>
2910 <dt><i>modifiers</i></dt>
2155 <dd> 2911 <dd>
2156 keyboard modifiers (Qt.KeyboardModifiers) 2912 keyboard modifiers (Qt.KeyboardModifiers)
2157 </dd> 2913 </dd>
2158 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__marginNumber" ID="Editor.__marginNumber"></a> 2914 </dl>
2915 <a NAME="Editor.__marginNumber" ID="Editor.__marginNumber"></a>
2159 <h4>Editor.__marginNumber</h4> 2916 <h4>Editor.__marginNumber</h4>
2160 <b>__marginNumber</b>(<i>xPos</i>) 2917 <b>__marginNumber</b>(<i>xPos</i>)
2918
2161 <p> 2919 <p>
2162 Private method to calculate the margin number based on a x position. 2920 Private method to calculate the margin number based on a x position.
2163 </p><dl> 2921 </p>
2922 <dl>
2923
2164 <dt><i>xPos</i></dt> 2924 <dt><i>xPos</i></dt>
2165 <dd> 2925 <dd>
2166 x position (integer) 2926 x position (integer)
2167 </dd> 2927 </dd>
2168 </dl><dl> 2928 </dl>
2929 <dl>
2169 <dt>Returns:</dt> 2930 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2170 <dd> 2931 <dd>
2171 margin number (integer, -1 for no margin) 2932 margin number (integer, -1 for no margin)
2172 </dd> 2933 </dd>
2173 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__markOccurrences" ID="Editor.__markOccurrences"></a> 2934 </dl>
2935 <a NAME="Editor.__markOccurrences" ID="Editor.__markOccurrences"></a>
2174 <h4>Editor.__markOccurrences</h4> 2936 <h4>Editor.__markOccurrences</h4>
2175 <b>__markOccurrences</b>(<i></i>) 2937 <b>__markOccurrences</b>(<i></i>)
2938
2176 <p> 2939 <p>
2177 Private method to mark all occurrences of the current word. 2940 Private method to mark all occurrences of the current word.
2178 </p><a NAME="Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints"></a> 2941 </p>
2942 <a NAME="Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints"></a>
2179 <h4>Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints</h4> 2943 <h4>Editor.__menuClearBreakpoints</h4>
2180 <b>__menuClearBreakpoints</b>(<i></i>) 2944 <b>__menuClearBreakpoints</b>(<i></i>)
2945
2181 <p> 2946 <p>
2182 Private slot to handle the 'Clear all breakpoints' context menu action. 2947 Private slot to handle the 'Clear all breakpoints' context menu action.
2183 </p><a NAME="Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled" ID="Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled"></a> 2948 </p>
2949 <a NAME="Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled" ID="Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled"></a>
2184 <h4>Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</h4> 2950 <h4>Editor.__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</h4>
2185 <b>__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</b>(<i></i>) 2951 <b>__menuToggleBreakpointEnabled</b>(<i></i>)
2952
2186 <p> 2953 <p>
2187 Private slot to handle the 'Enable/Disable breakpoint' context menu 2954 Private slot to handle the 'Enable/Disable breakpoint' context menu
2188 action. 2955 action.
2189 </p><a NAME="Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint" ID="Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint"></a> 2956 </p>
2957 <a NAME="Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint" ID="Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint"></a>
2190 <h4>Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</h4> 2958 <h4>Editor.__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</h4>
2191 <b>__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</b>(<i></i>) 2959 <b>__menuToggleTemporaryBreakpoint</b>(<i></i>)
2960
2192 <p> 2961 <p>
2193 Private slot to handle the 'Toggle temporary breakpoint' context menu 2962 Private slot to handle the 'Toggle temporary breakpoint' context menu
2194 action. 2963 action.
2195 </p><a NAME="Editor.__modificationChanged" ID="Editor.__modificationChanged"></a> 2964 </p>
2965 <a NAME="Editor.__modificationChanged" ID="Editor.__modificationChanged"></a>
2196 <h4>Editor.__modificationChanged</h4> 2966 <h4>Editor.__modificationChanged</h4>
2197 <b>__modificationChanged</b>(<i>m</i>) 2967 <b>__modificationChanged</b>(<i>m</i>)
2968
2198 <p> 2969 <p>
2199 Private slot to handle the modificationChanged signal. 2970 Private slot to handle the modificationChanged signal.
2200 </p><p> 2971 </p>
2972 <p>
2201 It emits the signal modificationStatusChanged with parameters 2973 It emits the signal modificationStatusChanged with parameters
2202 m and self. 2974 m and self.
2203 </p><dl> 2975 </p>
2976 <dl>
2977
2204 <dt><i>m</i></dt> 2978 <dt><i>m</i></dt>
2205 <dd> 2979 <dd>
2206 modification status 2980 modification status
2207 </dd> 2981 </dd>
2208 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__modificationReadOnly" ID="Editor.__modificationReadOnly"></a> 2982 </dl>
2983 <a NAME="Editor.__modificationReadOnly" ID="Editor.__modificationReadOnly"></a>
2209 <h4>Editor.__modificationReadOnly</h4> 2984 <h4>Editor.__modificationReadOnly</h4>
2210 <b>__modificationReadOnly</b>(<i></i>) 2985 <b>__modificationReadOnly</b>(<i></i>)
2986
2211 <p> 2987 <p>
2212 Private slot to handle the modificationAttempted signal. 2988 Private slot to handle the modificationAttempted signal.
2213 </p><a NAME="Editor.__modified" ID="Editor.__modified"></a> 2989 </p>
2990 <a NAME="Editor.__modified" ID="Editor.__modified"></a>
2214 <h4>Editor.__modified</h4> 2991 <h4>Editor.__modified</h4>
2215 <b>__modified</b>(<i>pos, mtype, text, length, linesAdded, line, foldNow, foldPrev, token, annotationLinesAdded</i>) 2992 <b>__modified</b>(<i>pos, mtype, text, length, linesAdded, line, foldNow, foldPrev, token, annotationLinesAdded</i>)
2993
2216 <p> 2994 <p>
2217 Private method to handle changes of the number of lines. 2995 Private method to handle changes of the number of lines.
2218 </p><dl> 2996 </p>
2997 <dl>
2998
2219 <dt><i>pos</i></dt> 2999 <dt><i>pos</i></dt>
2220 <dd> 3000 <dd>
2221 start position of change (integer) 3001 start position of change (integer)
2222 </dd><dt><i>mtype</i></dt> 3002 </dd>
3003 <dt><i>mtype</i></dt>
2223 <dd> 3004 <dd>
2224 flags identifying the change (integer) 3005 flags identifying the change (integer)
2225 </dd><dt><i>text</i></dt> 3006 </dd>
3007 <dt><i>text</i></dt>
2226 <dd> 3008 <dd>
2227 text that is given to the Undo system (string) 3009 text that is given to the Undo system (string)
2228 </dd><dt><i>length</i></dt> 3010 </dd>
3011 <dt><i>length</i></dt>
2229 <dd> 3012 <dd>
2230 length of the change (integer) 3013 length of the change (integer)
2231 </dd><dt><i>linesAdded</i></dt> 3014 </dd>
3015 <dt><i>linesAdded</i></dt>
2232 <dd> 3016 <dd>
2233 number of added/deleted lines (integer) 3017 number of added/deleted lines (integer)
2234 </dd><dt><i>line</i></dt> 3018 </dd>
3019 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2235 <dd> 3020 <dd>
2236 line number of a fold level or marker change (integer) 3021 line number of a fold level or marker change (integer)
2237 </dd><dt><i>foldNow</i></dt> 3022 </dd>
3023 <dt><i>foldNow</i></dt>
2238 <dd> 3024 <dd>
2239 new fold level (integer) 3025 new fold level (integer)
2240 </dd><dt><i>foldPrev</i></dt> 3026 </dd>
3027 <dt><i>foldPrev</i></dt>
2241 <dd> 3028 <dd>
2242 previous fold level (integer) 3029 previous fold level (integer)
2243 </dd><dt><i>token</i></dt> 3030 </dd>
3031 <dt><i>token</i></dt>
2244 <dd> 3032 <dd>
2245 ??? 3033 ???
2246 </dd><dt><i>annotationLinesAdded</i></dt> 3034 </dd>
3035 <dt><i>annotationLinesAdded</i></dt>
2247 <dd> 3036 <dd>
2248 number of added/deleted annotation lines 3037 number of added/deleted annotation lines
2249 (integer) 3038 (integer)
2250 </dd> 3039 </dd>
2251 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__newView" ID="Editor.__newView"></a> 3040 </dl>
3041 <a NAME="Editor.__newView" ID="Editor.__newView"></a>
2252 <h4>Editor.__newView</h4> 3042 <h4>Editor.__newView</h4>
2253 <b>__newView</b>(<i></i>) 3043 <b>__newView</b>(<i></i>)
3044
2254 <p> 3045 <p>
2255 Private slot to create a new view to an open document. 3046 Private slot to create a new view to an open document.
2256 </p><a NAME="Editor.__newViewNewSplit" ID="Editor.__newViewNewSplit"></a> 3047 </p>
3048 <a NAME="Editor.__newViewNewSplit" ID="Editor.__newViewNewSplit"></a>
2257 <h4>Editor.__newViewNewSplit</h4> 3049 <h4>Editor.__newViewNewSplit</h4>
2258 <b>__newViewNewSplit</b>(<i></i>) 3050 <b>__newViewNewSplit</b>(<i></i>)
3051
2259 <p> 3052 <p>
2260 Private slot to create a new view to an open document. 3053 Private slot to create a new view to an open document.
2261 </p><a NAME="Editor.__normalizedEncoding" ID="Editor.__normalizedEncoding"></a> 3054 </p>
3055 <a NAME="Editor.__normalizedEncoding" ID="Editor.__normalizedEncoding"></a>
2262 <h4>Editor.__normalizedEncoding</h4> 3056 <h4>Editor.__normalizedEncoding</h4>
2263 <b>__normalizedEncoding</b>(<i>encoding=""</i>) 3057 <b>__normalizedEncoding</b>(<i>encoding=""</i>)
3058
2264 <p> 3059 <p>
2265 Private method to calculate the normalized encoding string. 3060 Private method to calculate the normalized encoding string.
2266 </p><dl> 3061 </p>
3062 <dl>
3063
2267 <dt><i>encoding</i></dt> 3064 <dt><i>encoding</i></dt>
2268 <dd> 3065 <dd>
2269 encoding to be normalized (string) 3066 encoding to be normalized (string)
2270 </dd> 3067 </dd>
2271 </dl><dl> 3068 </dl>
3069 <dl>
2272 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3070 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2273 <dd> 3071 <dd>
2274 normalized encoding (string) 3072 normalized encoding (string)
2275 </dd> 3073 </dd>
2276 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout" ID="Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout"></a> 3074 </dl>
3075 <a NAME="Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout" ID="Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout"></a>
2277 <h4>Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</h4> 3076 <h4>Editor.__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</h4>
2278 <b>__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</b>(<i></i>) 3077 <b>__onlineChangeTraceTimerTimeout</b>(<i></i>)
3078
2279 <p> 3079 <p>
2280 Private slot to mark added and changed lines. 3080 Private slot to mark added and changed lines.
2281 </p><a NAME="Editor.__printPreview" ID="Editor.__printPreview"></a> 3081 </p>
3082 <a NAME="Editor.__printPreview" ID="Editor.__printPreview"></a>
2282 <h4>Editor.__printPreview</h4> 3083 <h4>Editor.__printPreview</h4>
2283 <b>__printPreview</b>(<i>printer</i>) 3084 <b>__printPreview</b>(<i>printer</i>)
3085
2284 <p> 3086 <p>
2285 Private slot to generate a print preview. 3087 Private slot to generate a print preview.
2286 </p><dl> 3088 </p>
3089 <dl>
3090
2287 <dt><i>printer</i></dt> 3091 <dt><i>printer</i></dt>
2288 <dd> 3092 <dd>
2289 reference to the printer object 3093 reference to the printer object
2290 (QScintilla.Printer.Printer) 3094 (QScintilla.Printer.Printer)
2291 </dd> 3095 </dd>
2292 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processEndEditCommand" ID="Editor.__processEndEditCommand"></a> 3096 </dl>
3097 <a NAME="Editor.__processEndEditCommand" ID="Editor.__processEndEditCommand"></a>
2293 <h4>Editor.__processEndEditCommand</h4> 3098 <h4>Editor.__processEndEditCommand</h4>
2294 <b>__processEndEditCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>) 3099 <b>__processEndEditCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>)
3100
2295 <p> 3101 <p>
2296 Private slot to process a remote EndEdit command. 3102 Private slot to process a remote EndEdit command.
2297 </p><dl> 3103 </p>
3104 <dl>
3105
2298 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt> 3106 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt>
2299 <dd> 3107 <dd>
2300 string containing the command parameters (string) 3108 string containing the command parameters (string)
2301 </dd> 3109 </dd>
2302 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processFlags" ID="Editor.__processFlags"></a> 3110 </dl>
3111 <a NAME="Editor.__processFlags" ID="Editor.__processFlags"></a>
2303 <h4>Editor.__processFlags</h4> 3112 <h4>Editor.__processFlags</h4>
2304 <b>__processFlags</b>(<i></i>) 3113 <b>__processFlags</b>(<i></i>)
3114
2305 <p> 3115 <p>
2306 Private method to extract flags and process them. 3116 Private method to extract flags and process them.
2307 </p><dl> 3117 </p>
3118 <dl>
2308 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3119 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2309 <dd> 3120 <dd>
2310 list of change flags (list of string) 3121 list of change flags (list of string)
2311 </dd> 3122 </dd>
2312 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand" ID="Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand"></a> 3123 </dl>
3124 <a NAME="Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand" ID="Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand"></a>
2313 <h4>Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand</h4> 3125 <h4>Editor.__processRequestSyncCommand</h4>
2314 <b>__processRequestSyncCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>) 3126 <b>__processRequestSyncCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>)
3127
2315 <p> 3128 <p>
2316 Private slot to process a remote RequestSync command. 3129 Private slot to process a remote RequestSync command.
2317 </p><dl> 3130 </p>
3131 <dl>
3132
2318 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt> 3133 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt>
2319 <dd> 3134 <dd>
2320 string containing the command parameters (string) 3135 string containing the command parameters (string)
2321 </dd> 3136 </dd>
2322 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processStartEditCommand" ID="Editor.__processStartEditCommand"></a> 3137 </dl>
3138 <a NAME="Editor.__processStartEditCommand" ID="Editor.__processStartEditCommand"></a>
2323 <h4>Editor.__processStartEditCommand</h4> 3139 <h4>Editor.__processStartEditCommand</h4>
2324 <b>__processStartEditCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>) 3140 <b>__processStartEditCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>)
3141
2325 <p> 3142 <p>
2326 Private slot to process a remote StartEdit command. 3143 Private slot to process a remote StartEdit command.
2327 </p><dl> 3144 </p>
3145 <dl>
3146
2328 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt> 3147 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt>
2329 <dd> 3148 <dd>
2330 string containing the command parameters (string) 3149 string containing the command parameters (string)
2331 </dd> 3150 </dd>
2332 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processSyncCommand" ID="Editor.__processSyncCommand"></a> 3151 </dl>
3152 <a NAME="Editor.__processSyncCommand" ID="Editor.__processSyncCommand"></a>
2333 <h4>Editor.__processSyncCommand</h4> 3153 <h4>Editor.__processSyncCommand</h4>
2334 <b>__processSyncCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>) 3154 <b>__processSyncCommand</b>(<i>argsString</i>)
3155
2335 <p> 3156 <p>
2336 Private slot to process a remote Sync command. 3157 Private slot to process a remote Sync command.
2337 </p><dl> 3158 </p>
3159 <dl>
3160
2338 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt> 3161 <dt><i>argsString</i></dt>
2339 <dd> 3162 <dd>
2340 string containing the command parameters (string) 3163 string containing the command parameters (string)
2341 </dd> 3164 </dd>
2342 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError" ID="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError"></a> 3165 </dl>
3166 <a NAME="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError" ID="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError"></a>
2343 <h4>Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError</h4> 3167 <h4>Editor.__processSyntaxCheckError</h4>
2344 <b>__processSyntaxCheckError</b>(<i>fn, msg</i>) 3168 <b>__processSyntaxCheckError</b>(<i>fn, msg</i>)
3169
2345 <p> 3170 <p>
2346 Private slot to report an error message of a syntax check. 3171 Private slot to report an error message of a syntax check.
2347 </p><dl> 3172 </p>
3173 <dl>
3174
2348 <dt><i>fn</i> (str)</dt> 3175 <dt><i>fn</i> (str)</dt>
2349 <dd> 3176 <dd>
2350 filename of the file 3177 filename of the file
2351 </dd><dt><i>msg</i> (str)</dt> 3178 </dd>
3179 <dt><i>msg</i> (str)</dt>
2352 <dd> 3180 <dd>
2353 error message 3181 error message
2354 </dd> 3182 </dd>
2355 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult" ID="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult"></a> 3183 </dl>
3184 <a NAME="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult" ID="Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult"></a>
2356 <h4>Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult</h4> 3185 <h4>Editor.__processSyntaxCheckResult</h4>
2357 <b>__processSyntaxCheckResult</b>(<i>fn, problems</i>) 3186 <b>__processSyntaxCheckResult</b>(<i>fn, problems</i>)
3187
2358 <p> 3188 <p>
2359 Private slot to report the resulting messages of a syntax check. 3189 Private slot to report the resulting messages of a syntax check.
2360 </p><dl> 3190 </p>
3191 <dl>
3192
2361 <dt><i>fn</i></dt> 3193 <dt><i>fn</i></dt>
2362 <dd> 3194 <dd>
2363 filename of the checked file (str) 3195 filename of the checked file (str)
2364 </dd><dt><i>problems</i></dt> 3196 </dd>
3197 <dt><i>problems</i></dt>
2365 <dd> 3198 <dd>
2366 dictionary with the keys 'error' and 'warnings' which 3199 dictionary with the keys 'error' and 'warnings' which
2367 hold a list containing details about the error/ warnings 3200 hold a list containing details about the error/ warnings
2368 (file name, line number, column, codestring (only at syntax 3201 (file name, line number, column, codestring (only at syntax
2369 errors), the message) (dict) 3202 errors), the message) (dict)
2370 </dd> 3203 </dd>
2371 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged" ID="Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged"></a> 3204 </dl>
3205 <a NAME="Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged" ID="Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged"></a>
2372 <h4>Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged</h4> 3206 <h4>Editor.__projectPropertiesChanged</h4>
2373 <b>__projectPropertiesChanged</b>(<i></i>) 3207 <b>__projectPropertiesChanged</b>(<i></i>)
3208
2374 <p> 3209 <p>
2375 Private slot to handle changes of the project properties. 3210 Private slot to handle changes of the project properties.
2376 </p><a NAME="Editor.__refreshAnnotations" ID="Editor.__refreshAnnotations"></a> 3211 </p>
3212 <a NAME="Editor.__refreshAnnotations" ID="Editor.__refreshAnnotations"></a>
2377 <h4>Editor.__refreshAnnotations</h4> 3213 <h4>Editor.__refreshAnnotations</h4>
2378 <b>__refreshAnnotations</b>(<i></i>) 3214 <b>__refreshAnnotations</b>(<i></i>)
3215
2379 <p> 3216 <p>
2380 Private method to refresh the annotations. 3217 Private method to refresh the annotations.
2381 </p><a NAME="Editor.__registerImages" ID="Editor.__registerImages"></a> 3218 </p>
3219 <a NAME="Editor.__registerImages" ID="Editor.__registerImages"></a>
2382 <h4>Editor.__registerImages</h4> 3220 <h4>Editor.__registerImages</h4>
2383 <b>__registerImages</b>(<i></i>) 3221 <b>__registerImages</b>(<i></i>)
3222
2384 <p> 3223 <p>
2385 Private method to register images for autocompletion lists. 3224 Private method to register images for autocompletion lists.
2386 </p><a NAME="Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace" ID="Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace"></a> 3225 </p>
3226 <a NAME="Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace" ID="Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace"></a>
2387 <h4>Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</h4> 3227 <h4>Editor.__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</h4>
2388 <b>__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</b>(<i></i>) 3228 <b>__reinitOnlineChangeTrace</b>(<i></i>)
3229
2389 <p> 3230 <p>
2390 Private slot to re-initialize the online change trace. 3231 Private slot to re-initialize the online change trace.
2391 </p><a NAME="Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary" ID="Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary"></a> 3232 </p>
3233 <a NAME="Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary" ID="Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary"></a>
2392 <h4>Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary</h4> 3234 <h4>Editor.__removeFromSpellingDictionary</h4>
2393 <b>__removeFromSpellingDictionary</b>(<i></i>) 3235 <b>__removeFromSpellingDictionary</b>(<i></i>)
3236
2394 <p> 3237 <p>
2395 Private slot to remove the word below the context menu to the 3238 Private slot to remove the word below the context menu to the
2396 dictionary. 3239 dictionary.
2397 </p><a NAME="Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace" ID="Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace"></a> 3240 </p>
3241 <a NAME="Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace" ID="Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace"></a>
2398 <h4>Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace</h4> 3242 <h4>Editor.__removeTrailingWhitespace</h4>
2399 <b>__removeTrailingWhitespace</b>(<i></i>) 3243 <b>__removeTrailingWhitespace</b>(<i></i>)
3244
2400 <p> 3245 <p>
2401 Private method to remove trailing whitespace. 3246 Private method to remove trailing whitespace.
2402 </p><a NAME="Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered"></a> 3247 </p>
3248 <a NAME="Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered" ID="Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered"></a>
2403 <h4>Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</h4> 3249 <h4>Editor.__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</h4>
2404 <b>__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>) 3250 <b>__reopenWithEncodingMenuTriggered</b>(<i>act</i>)
3251
2405 <p> 3252 <p>
2406 Private method to handle the rereading of the file with a selected 3253 Private method to handle the rereading of the file with a selected
2407 encoding. 3254 encoding.
2408 </p><dl> 3255 </p>
3256 <dl>
3257
2409 <dt><i>act</i></dt> 3258 <dt><i>act</i></dt>
2410 <dd> 3259 <dd>
2411 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction) 3260 reference to the action that was triggered (QAction)
2412 </dd> 3261 </dd>
2413 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores" ID="Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores"></a> 3262 </dl>
3263 <a NAME="Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores" ID="Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores"></a>
2414 <h4>Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores</h4> 3264 <h4>Editor.__replaceLeadingUnderscores</h4>
2415 <b>__replaceLeadingUnderscores</b>(<i>txt</i>) 3265 <b>__replaceLeadingUnderscores</b>(<i>txt</i>)
3266
2416 <p> 3267 <p>
2417 Private method to replace the first two underlines for invers sorting. 3268 Private method to replace the first two underlines for invers sorting.
2418 </p><dl> 3269 </p>
3270 <dl>
3271
2419 <dt><i>txt</i> (str)</dt> 3272 <dt><i>txt</i> (str)</dt>
2420 <dd> 3273 <dd>
2421 completion text 3274 completion text
2422 </dd> 3275 </dd>
2423 </dl><dl> 3276 </dl>
3277 <dl>
2424 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3278 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2425 <dd> 3279 <dd>
2426 modified completion text 3280 modified completion text
2427 </dd> 3281 </dd>
2428 </dl><dl> 3282 </dl>
3283 <dl>
2429 <dt>Return Type:</dt> 3284 <dt>Return Type:</dt>
2430 <dd> 3285 <dd>
2431 str 3286 str
2432 </dd> 3287 </dd>
2433 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__resetLanguage" ID="Editor.__resetLanguage"></a> 3288 </dl>
3289 <a NAME="Editor.__resetLanguage" ID="Editor.__resetLanguage"></a>
2434 <h4>Editor.__resetLanguage</h4> 3290 <h4>Editor.__resetLanguage</h4>
2435 <b>__resetLanguage</b>(<i>propagate=True</i>) 3291 <b>__resetLanguage</b>(<i>propagate=True</i>)
3292
2436 <p> 3293 <p>
2437 Private method used to reset the language selection. 3294 Private method used to reset the language selection.
2438 </p><dl> 3295 </p>
3296 <dl>
3297
2439 <dt><i>propagate=</i></dt> 3298 <dt><i>propagate=</i></dt>
2440 <dd> 3299 <dd>
2441 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean) 3300 flag indicating to propagate the change (boolean)
2442 </dd> 3301 </dd>
2443 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo"></a> 3302 </dl>
3303 <a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo"></a>
2444 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</h4> 3304 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</h4>
2445 <b>__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</b>(<i></i>) 3305 <b>__resetOnlineChangeTraceInfo</b>(<i></i>)
3306
2446 <p> 3307 <p>
2447 Private slot to reset the online change trace info. 3308 Private slot to reset the online change trace info.
2448 </p><a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer"></a> 3309 </p>
3310 <a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer"></a>
2449 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</h4> 3311 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</h4>
2450 <b>__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</b>(<i></i>) 3312 <b>__resetOnlineChangeTraceTimer</b>(<i></i>)
3313
2451 <p> 3314 <p>
2452 Private method to reset the online syntax check timer. 3315 Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.
2453 </p><a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer"></a> 3316 </p>
3317 <a NAME="Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer" ID="Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer"></a>
2454 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</h4> 3318 <h4>Editor.__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</h4>
2455 <b>__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</b>(<i></i>) 3319 <b>__resetOnlineSyntaxCheckTimer</b>(<i></i>)
3320
2456 <p> 3321 <p>
2457 Private method to reset the online syntax check timer. 3322 Private method to reset the online syntax check timer.
2458 </p><a NAME="Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin" ID="Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin"></a> 3323 </p>
3324 <a NAME="Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin" ID="Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin"></a>
2459 <h4>Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin</h4> 3325 <h4>Editor.__resizeLinenoMargin</h4>
2460 <b>__resizeLinenoMargin</b>(<i></i>) 3326 <b>__resizeLinenoMargin</b>(<i></i>)
3327
2461 <p> 3328 <p>
2462 Private slot to resize the line numbers margin. 3329 Private slot to resize the line numbers margin.
2463 </p><a NAME="Editor.__restoreBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__restoreBreakpoints"></a> 3330 </p>
3331 <a NAME="Editor.__restoreBreakpoints" ID="Editor.__restoreBreakpoints"></a>
2464 <h4>Editor.__restoreBreakpoints</h4> 3332 <h4>Editor.__restoreBreakpoints</h4>
2465 <b>__restoreBreakpoints</b>(<i></i>) 3333 <b>__restoreBreakpoints</b>(<i></i>)
3334
2466 <p> 3335 <p>
2467 Private method to restore the breakpoints. 3336 Private method to restore the breakpoints.
2468 </p><a NAME="Editor.__saveLastEditPosition" ID="Editor.__saveLastEditPosition"></a> 3337 </p>
3338 <a NAME="Editor.__saveLastEditPosition" ID="Editor.__saveLastEditPosition"></a>
2469 <h4>Editor.__saveLastEditPosition</h4> 3339 <h4>Editor.__saveLastEditPosition</h4>
2470 <b>__saveLastEditPosition</b>(<i></i>) 3340 <b>__saveLastEditPosition</b>(<i></i>)
3341
2471 <p> 3342 <p>
2472 Private slot to record the last edit position. 3343 Private slot to record the last edit position.
2473 </p><a NAME="Editor.__searchCurrentWord" ID="Editor.__searchCurrentWord"></a> 3344 </p>
3345 <a NAME="Editor.__searchCurrentWord" ID="Editor.__searchCurrentWord"></a>
2474 <h4>Editor.__searchCurrentWord</h4> 3346 <h4>Editor.__searchCurrentWord</h4>
2475 <b>__searchCurrentWord</b>(<i>forward=True</i>) 3347 <b>__searchCurrentWord</b>(<i>forward=True</i>)
3348
2476 <p> 3349 <p>
2477 Private slot to search the next occurrence of the current word. 3350 Private slot to search the next occurrence of the current word.
2478 </p><dl> 3351 </p>
3352 <dl>
3353
2479 <dt><i>forward</i></dt> 3354 <dt><i>forward</i></dt>
2480 <dd> 3355 <dd>
2481 flag indicating the search direction (boolean) 3356 flag indicating the search direction (boolean)
2482 </dd> 3357 </dd>
2483 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__selectAll" ID="Editor.__selectAll"></a> 3358 </dl>
3359 <a NAME="Editor.__selectAll" ID="Editor.__selectAll"></a>
2484 <h4>Editor.__selectAll</h4> 3360 <h4>Editor.__selectAll</h4>
2485 <b>__selectAll</b>(<i></i>) 3361 <b>__selectAll</b>(<i></i>)
3362
2486 <p> 3363 <p>
2487 Private slot handling the select all context menu action. 3364 Private slot handling the select all context menu action.
2488 </p><a NAME="Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer" ID="Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer"></a> 3365 </p>
3366 <a NAME="Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer" ID="Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer"></a>
2489 <h4>Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer</h4> 3367 <h4>Editor.__selectPygmentsLexer</h4>
2490 <b>__selectPygmentsLexer</b>(<i></i>) 3368 <b>__selectPygmentsLexer</b>(<i></i>)
3369
2491 <p> 3370 <p>
2492 Private method to select a specific pygments lexer. 3371 Private method to select a specific pygments lexer.
2493 </p><dl> 3372 </p>
3373 <dl>
2494 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3374 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2495 <dd> 3375 <dd>
2496 name of the selected pygments lexer (string) 3376 name of the selected pygments lexer (string)
2497 </dd> 3377 </dd>
2498 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__send" ID="Editor.__send"></a> 3378 </dl>
3379 <a NAME="Editor.__send" ID="Editor.__send"></a>
2499 <h4>Editor.__send</h4> 3380 <h4>Editor.__send</h4>
2500 <b>__send</b>(<i>token, args=None</i>) 3381 <b>__send</b>(<i>token, args=None</i>)
3382
2501 <p> 3383 <p>
2502 Private method to send an editor command to remote editors. 3384 Private method to send an editor command to remote editors.
2503 </p><dl> 3385 </p>
3386 <dl>
3387
2504 <dt><i>token</i></dt> 3388 <dt><i>token</i></dt>
2505 <dd> 3389 <dd>
2506 command token (string) 3390 command token (string)
2507 </dd><dt><i>args</i></dt> 3391 </dd>
3392 <dt><i>args</i></dt>
2508 <dd> 3393 <dd>
2509 arguments for the command (string) 3394 arguments for the command (string)
2510 </dd> 3395 </dd>
2511 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__setAnnotation" ID="Editor.__setAnnotation"></a> 3396 </dl>
3397 <a NAME="Editor.__setAnnotation" ID="Editor.__setAnnotation"></a>
2512 <h4>Editor.__setAnnotation</h4> 3398 <h4>Editor.__setAnnotation</h4>
2513 <b>__setAnnotation</b>(<i>line</i>) 3399 <b>__setAnnotation</b>(<i>line</i>)
3400
2514 <p> 3401 <p>
2515 Private method to set the annotations for the given line. 3402 Private method to set the annotations for the given line.
2516 </p><dl> 3403 </p>
3404 <dl>
3405
2517 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 3406 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2518 <dd> 3407 <dd>
2519 number of the line that needs annotation (integer) 3408 number of the line that needs annotation (integer)
2520 </dd> 3409 </dd>
2521 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__setAnnotationStyles" ID="Editor.__setAnnotationStyles"></a> 3410 </dl>
3411 <a NAME="Editor.__setAnnotationStyles" ID="Editor.__setAnnotationStyles"></a>
2522 <h4>Editor.__setAnnotationStyles</h4> 3412 <h4>Editor.__setAnnotationStyles</h4>
2523 <b>__setAnnotationStyles</b>(<i></i>) 3413 <b>__setAnnotationStyles</b>(<i></i>)
3414
2524 <p> 3415 <p>
2525 Private slot to define the style used by inline annotations. 3416 Private slot to define the style used by inline annotations.
2526 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setAutoCompletion" ID="Editor.__setAutoCompletion"></a> 3417 </p>
3418 <a NAME="Editor.__setAutoCompletion" ID="Editor.__setAutoCompletion"></a>
2527 <h4>Editor.__setAutoCompletion</h4> 3419 <h4>Editor.__setAutoCompletion</h4>
2528 <b>__setAutoCompletion</b>(<i></i>) 3420 <b>__setAutoCompletion</b>(<i></i>)
3421
2529 <p> 3422 <p>
2530 Private method to configure the autocompletion function. 3423 Private method to configure the autocompletion function.
2531 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setCallTips" ID="Editor.__setCallTips"></a> 3424 </p>
3425 <a NAME="Editor.__setCallTips" ID="Editor.__setCallTips"></a>
2532 <h4>Editor.__setCallTips</h4> 3426 <h4>Editor.__setCallTips</h4>
2533 <b>__setCallTips</b>(<i></i>) 3427 <b>__setCallTips</b>(<i></i>)
3428
2534 <p> 3429 <p>
2535 Private method to configure the calltips function. 3430 Private method to configure the calltips function.
2536 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setEolMode" ID="Editor.__setEolMode"></a> 3431 </p>
3432 <a NAME="Editor.__setEolMode" ID="Editor.__setEolMode"></a>
2537 <h4>Editor.__setEolMode</h4> 3433 <h4>Editor.__setEolMode</h4>
2538 <b>__setEolMode</b>(<i></i>) 3434 <b>__setEolMode</b>(<i></i>)
3435
2539 <p> 3436 <p>
2540 Private method to configure the eol mode of the editor. 3437 Private method to configure the eol mode of the editor.
2541 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setLineMarkerColours" ID="Editor.__setLineMarkerColours"></a> 3438 </p>
3439 <a NAME="Editor.__setLineMarkerColours" ID="Editor.__setLineMarkerColours"></a>
2542 <h4>Editor.__setLineMarkerColours</h4> 3440 <h4>Editor.__setLineMarkerColours</h4>
2543 <b>__setLineMarkerColours</b>(<i></i>) 3441 <b>__setLineMarkerColours</b>(<i></i>)
3442
2544 <p> 3443 <p>
2545 Private method to set the line marker colours. 3444 Private method to set the line marker colours.
2546 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setMarginsDisplay" ID="Editor.__setMarginsDisplay"></a> 3445 </p>
3446 <a NAME="Editor.__setMarginsDisplay" ID="Editor.__setMarginsDisplay"></a>
2547 <h4>Editor.__setMarginsDisplay</h4> 3447 <h4>Editor.__setMarginsDisplay</h4>
2548 <b>__setMarginsDisplay</b>(<i></i>) 3448 <b>__setMarginsDisplay</b>(<i></i>)
3449
2549 <p> 3450 <p>
2550 Private method to configure margins 0 and 2. 3451 Private method to configure margins 0 and 2.
2551 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setSpelling" ID="Editor.__setSpelling"></a> 3452 </p>
3453 <a NAME="Editor.__setSpelling" ID="Editor.__setSpelling"></a>
2552 <h4>Editor.__setSpelling</h4> 3454 <h4>Editor.__setSpelling</h4>
2553 <b>__setSpelling</b>(<i></i>) 3455 <b>__setSpelling</b>(<i></i>)
3456
2554 <p> 3457 <p>
2555 Private method to initialize the spell checking functionality. 3458 Private method to initialize the spell checking functionality.
2556 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setSpellingLanguage" ID="Editor.__setSpellingLanguage"></a> 3459 </p>
3460 <a NAME="Editor.__setSpellingLanguage" ID="Editor.__setSpellingLanguage"></a>
2557 <h4>Editor.__setSpellingLanguage</h4> 3461 <h4>Editor.__setSpellingLanguage</h4>
2558 <b>__setSpellingLanguage</b>(<i>language, pwl="", pel=""</i>) 3462 <b>__setSpellingLanguage</b>(<i>language, pwl="", pel=""</i>)
3463
2559 <p> 3464 <p>
2560 Private slot to set the spell checking language. 3465 Private slot to set the spell checking language.
2561 </p><dl> 3466 </p>
3467 <dl>
3468
2562 <dt><i>language</i></dt> 3469 <dt><i>language</i></dt>
2563 <dd> 3470 <dd>
2564 spell checking language to be set (string) 3471 spell checking language to be set (string)
2565 </dd><dt><i>pwl=</i></dt> 3472 </dd>
3473 <dt><i>pwl=</i></dt>
2566 <dd> 3474 <dd>
2567 name of the personal/project word list (string) 3475 name of the personal/project word list (string)
2568 </dd><dt><i>pel=</i></dt> 3476 </dd>
3477 <dt><i>pel=</i></dt>
2569 <dd> 3478 <dd>
2570 name of the personal/project exclude list (string) 3479 name of the personal/project exclude list (string)
2571 </dd> 3480 </dd>
2572 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__setTabAndIndent" ID="Editor.__setTabAndIndent"></a> 3481 </dl>
3482 <a NAME="Editor.__setTabAndIndent" ID="Editor.__setTabAndIndent"></a>
2573 <h4>Editor.__setTabAndIndent</h4> 3483 <h4>Editor.__setTabAndIndent</h4>
2574 <b>__setTabAndIndent</b>(<i></i>) 3484 <b>__setTabAndIndent</b>(<i></i>)
3485
2575 <p> 3486 <p>
2576 Private method to set indentation size and style and tab width. 3487 Private method to set indentation size and style and tab width.
2577 </p><a NAME="Editor.__setTextDisplay" ID="Editor.__setTextDisplay"></a> 3488 </p>
3489 <a NAME="Editor.__setTextDisplay" ID="Editor.__setTextDisplay"></a>
2578 <h4>Editor.__setTextDisplay</h4> 3490 <h4>Editor.__setTextDisplay</h4>
2579 <b>__setTextDisplay</b>(<i></i>) 3491 <b>__setTextDisplay</b>(<i></i>)
3492
2580 <p> 3493 <p>
2581 Private method to configure the text display. 3494 Private method to configure the text display.
2582 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showApplicationDiagram" ID="Editor.__showApplicationDiagram"></a> 3495 </p>
3496 <a NAME="Editor.__showApplicationDiagram" ID="Editor.__showApplicationDiagram"></a>
2583 <h4>Editor.__showApplicationDiagram</h4> 3497 <h4>Editor.__showApplicationDiagram</h4>
2584 <b>__showApplicationDiagram</b>(<i></i>) 3498 <b>__showApplicationDiagram</b>(<i></i>)
3499
2585 <p> 3500 <p>
2586 Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action. 3501 Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.
2587 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showClassDiagram" ID="Editor.__showClassDiagram"></a> 3502 </p>
3503 <a NAME="Editor.__showClassDiagram" ID="Editor.__showClassDiagram"></a>
2588 <h4>Editor.__showClassDiagram</h4> 3504 <h4>Editor.__showClassDiagram</h4>
2589 <b>__showClassDiagram</b>(<i></i>) 3505 <b>__showClassDiagram</b>(<i></i>)
3506
2590 <p> 3507 <p>
2591 Private method to handle the Class Diagram context menu action. 3508 Private method to handle the Class Diagram context menu action.
2592 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showCodeCoverage" ID="Editor.__showCodeCoverage"></a> 3509 </p>
3510 <a NAME="Editor.__showCodeCoverage" ID="Editor.__showCodeCoverage"></a>
2593 <h4>Editor.__showCodeCoverage</h4> 3511 <h4>Editor.__showCodeCoverage</h4>
2594 <b>__showCodeCoverage</b>(<i></i>) 3512 <b>__showCodeCoverage</b>(<i></i>)
3513
2595 <p> 3514 <p>
2596 Private method to handle the code coverage context menu action. 3515 Private method to handle the code coverage context menu action.
2597 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showCodeInfo" ID="Editor.__showCodeInfo"></a> 3516 </p>
3517 <a NAME="Editor.__showCodeInfo" ID="Editor.__showCodeInfo"></a>
2598 <h4>Editor.__showCodeInfo</h4> 3518 <h4>Editor.__showCodeInfo</h4>
2599 <b>__showCodeInfo</b>(<i></i>) 3519 <b>__showCodeInfo</b>(<i></i>)
3520
2600 <p> 3521 <p>
2601 Private slot to handle the context menu action to show code info. 3522 Private slot to handle the context menu action to show code info.
2602 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showCodeMetrics" ID="Editor.__showCodeMetrics"></a> 3523 </p>
3524 <a NAME="Editor.__showCodeMetrics" ID="Editor.__showCodeMetrics"></a>
2603 <h4>Editor.__showCodeMetrics</h4> 3525 <h4>Editor.__showCodeMetrics</h4>
2604 <b>__showCodeMetrics</b>(<i></i>) 3526 <b>__showCodeMetrics</b>(<i></i>)
3527
2605 <p> 3528 <p>
2606 Private method to handle the code metrics context menu action. 3529 Private method to handle the code metrics context menu action.
2607 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showCompletionsList" ID="Editor.__showCompletionsList"></a> 3530 </p>
3531 <a NAME="Editor.__showCompletionsList" ID="Editor.__showCompletionsList"></a>
2608 <h4>Editor.__showCompletionsList</h4> 3532 <h4>Editor.__showCompletionsList</h4>
2609 <b>__showCompletionsList</b>(<i>completions</i>) 3533 <b>__showCompletionsList</b>(<i>completions</i>)
3534
2610 <p> 3535 <p>
2611 Private method to show the completions list. 3536 Private method to show the completions list.
2612 </p><dl> 3537 </p>
3538 <dl>
3539
2613 <dt><i>completions</i> (list of str or set of str)</dt> 3540 <dt><i>completions</i> (list of str or set of str)</dt>
2614 <dd> 3541 <dd>
2615 completions to be shown 3542 completions to be shown
2616 </dd> 3543 </dd>
2617 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenu" ID="Editor.__showContextMenu"></a> 3544 </dl>
3545 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenu" ID="Editor.__showContextMenu"></a>
2618 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenu</h4> 3546 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenu</h4>
2619 <b>__showContextMenu</b>(<i></i>) 3547 <b>__showContextMenu</b>(<i></i>)
3548
2620 <p> 3549 <p>
2621 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the context menu. 3550 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the context menu.
2622 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion"></a> 3551 </p>
3552 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion"></a>
2623 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion</h4> 3553 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuAutocompletion</h4>
2624 <b>__showContextMenuAutocompletion</b>(<i></i>) 3554 <b>__showContextMenuAutocompletion</b>(<i></i>)
3555
2625 <p> 3556 <p>
2626 Private slot called before the autocompletion menu is shown. 3557 Private slot called before the autocompletion menu is shown.
2627 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuChecks" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuChecks"></a> 3558 </p>
3559 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuChecks" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuChecks"></a>
2628 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuChecks</h4> 3560 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuChecks</h4>
2629 <b>__showContextMenuChecks</b>(<i></i>) 3561 <b>__showContextMenuChecks</b>(<i></i>)
3562
2630 <p> 3563 <p>
2631 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the checks context 3564 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the checks context
2632 menu. 3565 menu.
2633 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings"></a> 3566 </p>
3567 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings"></a>
2634 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings</h4> 3568 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuEncodings</h4>
2635 <b>__showContextMenuEncodings</b>(<i></i>) 3569 <b>__showContextMenuEncodings</b>(<i></i>)
3570
2636 <p> 3571 <p>
2637 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the encodings context 3572 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the encodings context
2638 menu. 3573 menu.
2639 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuEol" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuEol"></a> 3574 </p>
3575 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuEol" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuEol"></a>
2640 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuEol</h4> 3576 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuEol</h4>
2641 <b>__showContextMenuEol</b>(<i></i>) 3577 <b>__showContextMenuEol</b>(<i></i>)
3578
2642 <p> 3579 <p>
2643 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the eol context menu. 3580 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the eol context menu.
2644 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics"></a> 3581 </p>
3582 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics"></a>
2645 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics</h4> 3583 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuGraphics</h4>
2646 <b>__showContextMenuGraphics</b>(<i></i>) 3584 <b>__showContextMenuGraphics</b>(<i></i>)
3585
2647 <p> 3586 <p>
2648 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the diagrams context 3587 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the diagrams context
2649 menu. 3588 menu.
2650 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages"></a> 3589 </p>
3590 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages"></a>
2651 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages</h4> 3591 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuLanguages</h4>
2652 <b>__showContextMenuLanguages</b>(<i></i>) 3592 <b>__showContextMenuLanguages</b>(<i></i>)
3593
2653 <p> 3594 <p>
2654 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the languages context 3595 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the languages context
2655 menu. 3596 menu.
2656 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuMargin" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuMargin"></a> 3597 </p>
3598 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuMargin" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuMargin"></a>
2657 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuMargin</h4> 3599 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuMargin</h4>
2658 <b>__showContextMenuMargin</b>(<i>menu</i>) 3600 <b>__showContextMenuMargin</b>(<i>menu</i>)
3601
2659 <p> 3602 <p>
2660 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the margins context 3603 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the margins context
2661 menu. 3604 menu.
2662 </p><dl> 3605 </p>
3606 <dl>
3607
2663 <dt><i>menu</i> (QMenu)</dt> 3608 <dt><i>menu</i> (QMenu)</dt>
2664 <dd> 3609 <dd>
2665 reference to the menu to be shown 3610 reference to the menu to be shown
2666 </dd> 3611 </dd>
2667 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuResources" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuResources"></a> 3612 </dl>
3613 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuResources" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuResources"></a>
2668 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuResources</h4> 3614 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuResources</h4>
2669 <b>__showContextMenuResources</b>(<i></i>) 3615 <b>__showContextMenuResources</b>(<i></i>)
3616
2670 <p> 3617 <p>
2671 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the resources context 3618 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the resources context
2672 menu. 3619 menu.
2673 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuShow" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuShow"></a> 3620 </p>
3621 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuShow" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuShow"></a>
2674 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuShow</h4> 3622 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuShow</h4>
2675 <b>__showContextMenuShow</b>(<i></i>) 3623 <b>__showContextMenuShow</b>(<i></i>)
3624
2676 <p> 3625 <p>
2677 Private slot called before the show menu is shown. 3626 Private slot called before the show menu is shown.
2678 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling"></a> 3627 </p>
3628 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling"></a>
2679 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling</h4> 3629 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuSpelling</h4>
2680 <b>__showContextMenuSpelling</b>(<i></i>) 3630 <b>__showContextMenuSpelling</b>(<i></i>)
3631
2681 <p> 3632 <p>
2682 Private slot to set up the spelling menu before it is shown. 3633 Private slot to set up the spelling menu before it is shown.
2683 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuTools" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuTools"></a> 3634 </p>
3635 <a NAME="Editor.__showContextMenuTools" ID="Editor.__showContextMenuTools"></a>
2684 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuTools</h4> 3636 <h4>Editor.__showContextMenuTools</h4>
2685 <b>__showContextMenuTools</b>(<i></i>) 3637 <b>__showContextMenuTools</b>(<i></i>)
3638
2686 <p> 3639 <p>
2687 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the tools context 3640 Private slot handling the aboutToShow signal of the tools context
2688 menu. 3641 menu.
2689 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showImportsDiagram" ID="Editor.__showImportsDiagram"></a> 3642 </p>
3643 <a NAME="Editor.__showImportsDiagram" ID="Editor.__showImportsDiagram"></a>
2690 <h4>Editor.__showImportsDiagram</h4> 3644 <h4>Editor.__showImportsDiagram</h4>
2691 <b>__showImportsDiagram</b>(<i></i>) 3645 <b>__showImportsDiagram</b>(<i></i>)
3646
2692 <p> 3647 <p>
2693 Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action. 3648 Private method to handle the Imports Diagram context menu action.
2694 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showPackageDiagram" ID="Editor.__showPackageDiagram"></a> 3649 </p>
3650 <a NAME="Editor.__showPackageDiagram" ID="Editor.__showPackageDiagram"></a>
2695 <h4>Editor.__showPackageDiagram</h4> 3651 <h4>Editor.__showPackageDiagram</h4>
2696 <b>__showPackageDiagram</b>(<i></i>) 3652 <b>__showPackageDiagram</b>(<i></i>)
3653
2697 <p> 3654 <p>
2698 Private method to handle the Package Diagram context menu action. 3655 Private method to handle the Package Diagram context menu action.
2699 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showProfileData" ID="Editor.__showProfileData"></a> 3656 </p>
3657 <a NAME="Editor.__showProfileData" ID="Editor.__showProfileData"></a>
2700 <h4>Editor.__showProfileData</h4> 3658 <h4>Editor.__showProfileData</h4>
2701 <b>__showProfileData</b>(<i></i>) 3659 <b>__showProfileData</b>(<i></i>)
3660
2702 <p> 3661 <p>
2703 Private method to handle the show profile data context menu action. 3662 Private method to handle the show profile data context menu action.
2704 </p><a NAME="Editor.__showSyntaxError" ID="Editor.__showSyntaxError"></a> 3663 </p>
3664 <a NAME="Editor.__showSyntaxError" ID="Editor.__showSyntaxError"></a>
2705 <h4>Editor.__showSyntaxError</h4> 3665 <h4>Editor.__showSyntaxError</h4>
2706 <b>__showSyntaxError</b>(<i>line=-1</i>) 3666 <b>__showSyntaxError</b>(<i>line=-1</i>)
3667
2707 <p> 3668 <p>
2708 Private slot to handle the 'Show syntax error message' 3669 Private slot to handle the 'Show syntax error message'
2709 context menu action. 3670 context menu action.
2710 </p><dl> 3671 </p>
3672 <dl>
3673
2711 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 3674 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2712 <dd> 3675 <dd>
2713 line number to show the syntax error for (integer) 3676 line number to show the syntax error for (integer)
2714 </dd> 3677 </dd>
2715 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__showWarning" ID="Editor.__showWarning"></a> 3678 </dl>
3679 <a NAME="Editor.__showWarning" ID="Editor.__showWarning"></a>
2716 <h4>Editor.__showWarning</h4> 3680 <h4>Editor.__showWarning</h4>
2717 <b>__showWarning</b>(<i>line=-1</i>) 3681 <b>__showWarning</b>(<i>line=-1</i>)
3682
2718 <p> 3683 <p>
2719 Private slot to handle the 'Show warning' context menu action. 3684 Private slot to handle the 'Show warning' context menu action.
2720 </p><dl> 3685 </p>
3686 <dl>
3687
2721 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 3688 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2722 <dd> 3689 <dd>
2723 line number to show the warning for (integer) 3690 line number to show the warning for (integer)
2724 </dd> 3691 </dd>
2725 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__spellCharAdded" ID="Editor.__spellCharAdded"></a> 3692 </dl>
3693 <a NAME="Editor.__spellCharAdded" ID="Editor.__spellCharAdded"></a>
2726 <h4>Editor.__spellCharAdded</h4> 3694 <h4>Editor.__spellCharAdded</h4>
2727 <b>__spellCharAdded</b>(<i>charNumber</i>) 3695 <b>__spellCharAdded</b>(<i>charNumber</i>)
3696
2728 <p> 3697 <p>
2729 Private slot called to handle the user entering a character. 3698 Private slot called to handle the user entering a character.
2730 </p><dl> 3699 </p>
3700 <dl>
3701
2731 <dt><i>charNumber</i></dt> 3702 <dt><i>charNumber</i></dt>
2732 <dd> 3703 <dd>
2733 value of the character entered (integer) 3704 value of the character entered (integer)
2734 </dd> 3705 </dd>
2735 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__styleNeeded" ID="Editor.__styleNeeded"></a> 3706 </dl>
3707 <a NAME="Editor.__styleNeeded" ID="Editor.__styleNeeded"></a>
2736 <h4>Editor.__styleNeeded</h4> 3708 <h4>Editor.__styleNeeded</h4>
2737 <b>__styleNeeded</b>(<i>position</i>) 3709 <b>__styleNeeded</b>(<i>position</i>)
3710
2738 <p> 3711 <p>
2739 Private slot to handle the need for more styling. 3712 Private slot to handle the need for more styling.
2740 </p><dl> 3713 </p>
3714 <dl>
3715
2741 <dt><i>position</i></dt> 3716 <dt><i>position</i></dt>
2742 <dd> 3717 <dd>
2743 end position, that needs styling (integer) 3718 end position, that needs styling (integer)
2744 </dd> 3719 </dd>
2745 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__textChanged" ID="Editor.__textChanged"></a> 3720 </dl>
3721 <a NAME="Editor.__textChanged" ID="Editor.__textChanged"></a>
2746 <h4>Editor.__textChanged</h4> 3722 <h4>Editor.__textChanged</h4>
2747 <b>__textChanged</b>(<i></i>) 3723 <b>__textChanged</b>(<i></i>)
3724
2748 <p> 3725 <p>
2749 Private slot to handle a change of the editor text. 3726 Private slot to handle a change of the editor text.
2750 </p><p> 3727 </p>
3728 <p>
2751 This slot defers the handling to the next time the event loop 3729 This slot defers the handling to the next time the event loop
2752 is run in order to ensure, that cursor position has been updated 3730 is run in order to ensure, that cursor position has been updated
2753 by the underlying Scintilla editor. 3731 by the underlying Scintilla editor.
2754 </p><a NAME="Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable" ID="Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable"></a> 3732 </p>
3733 <a NAME="Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable" ID="Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable"></a>
2755 <h4>Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</h4> 3734 <h4>Editor.__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</h4>
2756 <b>__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</b>(<i></i>) 3735 <b>__toggleAutoCompletionEnable</b>(<i></i>)
3736
2757 <p> 3737 <p>
2758 Private slot to handle the Enable Autocompletion context menu entry. 3738 Private slot to handle the Enable Autocompletion context menu entry.
2759 </p><a NAME="Editor.__toggleBreakpoint" ID="Editor.__toggleBreakpoint"></a> 3739 </p>
3740 <a NAME="Editor.__toggleBreakpoint" ID="Editor.__toggleBreakpoint"></a>
2760 <h4>Editor.__toggleBreakpoint</h4> 3741 <h4>Editor.__toggleBreakpoint</h4>
2761 <b>__toggleBreakpoint</b>(<i>line, temporary=False</i>) 3742 <b>__toggleBreakpoint</b>(<i>line, temporary=False</i>)
3743
2762 <p> 3744 <p>
2763 Private method to toggle a breakpoint. 3745 Private method to toggle a breakpoint.
2764 </p><dl> 3746 </p>
3747 <dl>
3748
2765 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 3749 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2766 <dd> 3750 <dd>
2767 line number of the breakpoint (integer) 3751 line number of the breakpoint (integer)
2768 </dd><dt><i>temporary</i></dt> 3752 </dd>
3753 <dt><i>temporary</i></dt>
2769 <dd> 3754 <dd>
2770 flag indicating a temporary breakpoint (boolean) 3755 flag indicating a temporary breakpoint (boolean)
2771 </dd> 3756 </dd>
2772 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled" ID="Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled"></a> 3757 </dl>
3758 <a NAME="Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled" ID="Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled"></a>
2773 <h4>Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled</h4> 3759 <h4>Editor.__toggleBreakpointEnabled</h4>
2774 <b>__toggleBreakpointEnabled</b>(<i>line</i>) 3760 <b>__toggleBreakpointEnabled</b>(<i>line</i>)
3761
2775 <p> 3762 <p>
2776 Private method to toggle a breakpoints enabled status. 3763 Private method to toggle a breakpoints enabled status.
2777 </p><dl> 3764 </p>
3765 <dl>
3766
2778 <dt><i>line</i></dt> 3767 <dt><i>line</i></dt>
2779 <dd> 3768 <dd>
2780 line number of the breakpoint (integer) 3769 line number of the breakpoint (integer)
2781 </dd> 3770 </dd>
2782 </dl><a NAME="Editor.__toggleTypingAids" ID="Editor.__toggleTypingAids"></a> 3771 </dl>
3772 <a NAME="Editor.__toggleTypingAids" ID="Editor.__toggleTypingAids"></a>
2783 <h4>Editor.__toggleTypingAids</h4> 3773 <h4>Editor.__toggleTypingAids</h4>
2784 <b>__toggleTypingAids</b>(<i></i>) 3774 <b>__toggleTypingAids</b>(<i></i>)
3775
2785 <p> 3776 <p>
2786 Private slot to toggle the typing aids. 3777 Private slot to toggle the typing aids.
2787 </p><a NAME="Editor.__updateReadOnly" ID="Editor.__updateReadOnly"></a> 3778 </p>
3779 <a NAME="Editor.__updateReadOnly" ID="Editor.__updateReadOnly"></a>
2788 <h4>Editor.__updateReadOnly</h4> 3780 <h4>Editor.__updateReadOnly</h4>
2789 <b>__updateReadOnly</b>(<i>bForce=True</i>) 3781 <b>__updateReadOnly</b>(<i>bForce=True</i>)
3782
2790 <p> 3783 <p>
2791 Private method to update the readOnly information for this editor. 3784 Private method to update the readOnly information for this editor.
2792 </p><p> 3785 </p>
3786 <p>
2793 If bForce is True, then updates everything regardless if 3787 If bForce is True, then updates everything regardless if
2794 the attributes have actually changed, such as during 3788 the attributes have actually changed, such as during
2795 initialization time. A signal is emitted after the 3789 initialization time. A signal is emitted after the
2796 caption change. 3790 caption change.
2797 </p><dl> 3791 </p>
3792 <dl>
3793
2798 <dt><i>bForce</i></dt> 3794 <dt><i>bForce</i></dt>
2799 <dd> 3795 <dd>
2800 True to force change, False to only update and emit 3796 True to force change, False to only update and emit
2801 signal if there was an attribute change. 3797 signal if there was an attribute change.
2802 </dd> 3798 </dd>
2803 </dl><a NAME="Editor.addCallTipHook" ID="Editor.addCallTipHook"></a> 3799 </dl>
3800 <a NAME="Editor.addCallTipHook" ID="Editor.addCallTipHook"></a>
2804 <h4>Editor.addCallTipHook</h4> 3801 <h4>Editor.addCallTipHook</h4>
2805 <b>addCallTipHook</b>(<i>key, func</i>) 3802 <b>addCallTipHook</b>(<i>key, func</i>)
3803
2806 <p> 3804 <p>
2807 Public method to set a calltip provider. 3805 Public method to set a calltip provider.
2808 </p><dl> 3806 </p>
3807 <dl>
3808
2809 <dt><i>key</i> (str)</dt> 3809 <dt><i>key</i> (str)</dt>
2810 <dd> 3810 <dd>
2811 name of the provider 3811 name of the provider
2812 </dd><dt><i>func</i> (function(editor, int, int) -> list of str)</dt> 3812 </dd>
3813 <dt><i>func</i> (function(editor, int, int) -> list of str)</dt>
2813 <dd> 3814 <dd>
2814 function providing calltips. func 3815 function providing calltips. func
2815 should be a function taking a reference to the editor, 3816 should be a function taking a reference to the editor,
2816 a position into the text and the amount of commas to the 3817 a position into the text and the amount of commas to the
2817 left of the cursor. It should return the possible 3818 left of the cursor. It should return the possible
2818 calltips as a list of strings. 3819 calltips as a list of strings.
2819 </dd> 3820 </dd>
2820 </dl><a NAME="Editor.addClone" ID="Editor.addClone"></a> 3821 </dl>
3822 <a NAME="Editor.addClone" ID="Editor.addClone"></a>
2821 <h4>Editor.addClone</h4> 3823 <h4>Editor.addClone</h4>
2822 <b>addClone</b>(<i>editor</i>) 3824 <b>addClone</b>(<i>editor</i>)
3825
2823 <p> 3826 <p>
2824 Public method to add a clone to our list. 3827 Public method to add a clone to our list.
2825 </p><dl> 3828 </p>
3829 <dl>
3830
2826 <dt><i>editor</i> (Editor)</dt> 3831 <dt><i>editor</i> (Editor)</dt>
2827 <dd> 3832 <dd>
2828 reference to the cloned editor 3833 reference to the cloned editor
2829 </dd> 3834 </dd>
2830 </dl><a NAME="Editor.addCompletionListHook" ID="Editor.addCompletionListHook"></a> 3835 </dl>
3836 <a NAME="Editor.addCompletionListHook" ID="Editor.addCompletionListHook"></a>
2831 <h4>Editor.addCompletionListHook</h4> 3837 <h4>Editor.addCompletionListHook</h4>
2832 <b>addCompletionListHook</b>(<i>key, func, asynchroneous=False</i>) 3838 <b>addCompletionListHook</b>(<i>key, func, asynchroneous=False</i>)
3839
2833 <p> 3840 <p>
2834 Public method to set an auto-completion list provider. 3841 Public method to set an auto-completion list provider.
2835 </p><dl> 3842 </p>
3843 <dl>
3844
2836 <dt><i>key</i> (str)</dt> 3845 <dt><i>key</i> (str)</dt>
2837 <dd> 3846 <dd>
2838 name of the provider 3847 name of the provider
2839 </dd><dt><i>func</i> (function(editor, bool) -> list of str in case async is False)</dt> 3848 </dd>
3849 <dt><i>func</i> (function(editor, bool) -> list of str in case async is False)</dt>
2840 <dd> 3850 <dd>
2841 function providing completion list. func 3851 function providing completion list. func
2842 should be a function taking a reference to the editor and 3852 should be a function taking a reference to the editor and
2843 a boolean indicating to complete a context. It should return 3853 a boolean indicating to complete a context. It should return
2844 the possible completions as a list of strings. 3854 the possible completions as a list of strings.
2845 and function(editor, bool, str) returning nothing in case async 3855 and function(editor, bool, str) returning nothing in case async
2846 is True 3856 is True
2847 </dd><dt><i>asynchroneous</i> (bool)</dt> 3857 </dd>
3858 <dt><i>asynchroneous</i> (bool)</dt>
2848 <dd> 3859 <dd>
2849 flag indicating an asynchroneous function 3860 flag indicating an asynchroneous function
2850 </dd> 3861 </dd>
2851 </dl><a NAME="Editor.addedToProject" ID="Editor.addedToProject"></a> 3862 </dl>
3863 <a NAME="Editor.addedToProject" ID="Editor.addedToProject"></a>
2852 <h4>Editor.addedToProject</h4> 3864 <h4>Editor.addedToProject</h4>
2853 <b>addedToProject</b>(<i></i>) 3865 <b>addedToProject</b>(<i></i>)
3866
2854 <p> 3867 <p>
2855 Public method to signal, that this editor has been added to a project. 3868 Public method to signal, that this editor has been added to a project.
2856 </p><a NAME="Editor.autoComplete" ID="Editor.autoComplete"></a> 3869 </p>
3870 <a NAME="Editor.autoComplete" ID="Editor.autoComplete"></a>
2857 <h4>Editor.autoComplete</h4> 3871 <h4>Editor.autoComplete</h4>
2858 <b>autoComplete</b>(<i>auto=False, context=True</i>) 3872 <b>autoComplete</b>(<i>auto=False, context=True</i>)
3873
2859 <p> 3874 <p>
2860 Public method to start auto-completion. 3875 Public method to start auto-completion.
2861 </p><dl> 3876 </p>
3877 <dl>
3878
2862 <dt><i>auto=</i></dt> 3879 <dt><i>auto=</i></dt>
2863 <dd> 3880 <dd>
2864 flag indicating a call from the __charAdded method 3881 flag indicating a call from the __charAdded method
2865 (boolean) 3882 (boolean)
2866 </dd><dt><i>context=</i></dt> 3883 </dd>
3884 <dt><i>context=</i></dt>
2867 <dd> 3885 <dd>
2868 flag indicating to complete a context (boolean) 3886 flag indicating to complete a context (boolean)
2869 </dd> 3887 </dd>
2870 </dl><a NAME="Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla" ID="Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla"></a> 3888 </dl>
3889 <a NAME="Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla" ID="Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla"></a>
2871 <h4>Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla</h4> 3890 <h4>Editor.autoCompleteQScintilla</h4>
2872 <b>autoCompleteQScintilla</b>(<i></i>) 3891 <b>autoCompleteQScintilla</b>(<i></i>)
3892
2873 <p> 3893 <p>
2874 Public method to perform an autocompletion using QScintilla methods. 3894 Public method to perform an autocompletion using QScintilla methods.
2875 </p><a NAME="Editor.boxCommentLine" ID="Editor.boxCommentLine"></a> 3895 </p>
3896 <a NAME="Editor.boxCommentLine" ID="Editor.boxCommentLine"></a>
2876 <h4>Editor.boxCommentLine</h4> 3897 <h4>Editor.boxCommentLine</h4>
2877 <b>boxCommentLine</b>(<i></i>) 3898 <b>boxCommentLine</b>(<i></i>)
3899
2878 <p> 3900 <p>
2879 Public slot to box comment the current line. 3901 Public slot to box comment the current line.
2880 </p><a NAME="Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection" ID="Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection"></a> 3902 </p>
3903 <a NAME="Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection" ID="Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection"></a>
2881 <h4>Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection</h4> 3904 <h4>Editor.boxCommentLineOrSelection</h4>
2882 <b>boxCommentLineOrSelection</b>(<i></i>) 3905 <b>boxCommentLineOrSelection</b>(<i></i>)
3906
2883 <p> 3907 <p>
2884 Public slot to box comment the current line or current selection. 3908 Public slot to box comment the current line or current selection.
2885 </p><a NAME="Editor.boxCommentSelection" ID="Editor.boxCommentSelection"></a> 3909 </p>
3910 <a NAME="Editor.boxCommentSelection" ID="Editor.boxCommentSelection"></a>
2886 <h4>Editor.boxCommentSelection</h4> 3911 <h4>Editor.boxCommentSelection</h4>
2887 <b>boxCommentSelection</b>(<i></i>) 3912 <b>boxCommentSelection</b>(<i></i>)
3913
2888 <p> 3914 <p>
2889 Public slot to box comment the current selection. 3915 Public slot to box comment the current selection.
2890 </p><a NAME="Editor.callTip" ID="Editor.callTip"></a> 3916 </p>
3917 <a NAME="Editor.callTip" ID="Editor.callTip"></a>
2891 <h4>Editor.callTip</h4> 3918 <h4>Editor.callTip</h4>
2892 <b>callTip</b>(<i></i>) 3919 <b>callTip</b>(<i></i>)
3920
2893 <p> 3921 <p>
2894 Public method to show calltips. 3922 Public method to show calltips.
2895 </p><a NAME="Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs" ID="Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs"></a> 3923 </p>
3924 <a NAME="Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs" ID="Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs"></a>
2896 <h4>Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</h4> 3925 <h4>Editor.canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</h4>
2897 <b>canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</b>(<i></i>) 3926 <b>canAutoCompleteFromAPIs</b>(<i></i>)
3927
2898 <p> 3928 <p>
2899 Public method to check for API availablity. 3929 Public method to check for API availablity.
2900 </p><dl> 3930 </p>
3931 <dl>
2901 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3932 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2902 <dd> 3933 <dd>
2903 flag indicating autocompletion from APIs is available (boolean) 3934 flag indicating autocompletion from APIs is available (boolean)
2904 </dd> 3935 </dd>
2905 </dl><a NAME="Editor.canProvideCallTipps" ID="Editor.canProvideCallTipps"></a> 3936 </dl>
3937 <a NAME="Editor.canProvideCallTipps" ID="Editor.canProvideCallTipps"></a>
2906 <h4>Editor.canProvideCallTipps</h4> 3938 <h4>Editor.canProvideCallTipps</h4>
2907 <b>canProvideCallTipps</b>(<i></i>) 3939 <b>canProvideCallTipps</b>(<i></i>)
3940
2908 <p> 3941 <p>
2909 Public method to test the calltips availability. 3942 Public method to test the calltips availability.
2910 </p><dl> 3943 </p>
3944 <dl>
2911 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3945 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2912 <dd> 3946 <dd>
2913 flag indicating the availability of calltips (boolean) 3947 flag indicating the availability of calltips (boolean)
2914 </dd> 3948 </dd>
2915 </dl><a NAME="Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion" ID="Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion"></a> 3949 </dl>
3950 <a NAME="Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion" ID="Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion"></a>
2916 <h4>Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</h4> 3951 <h4>Editor.canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</h4>
2917 <b>canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</b>(<i></i>) 3952 <b>canProvideDynamicAutoCompletion</b>(<i></i>)
3953
2918 <p> 3954 <p>
2919 Public method to test the dynamic auto-completion availability. 3955 Public method to test the dynamic auto-completion availability.
2920 </p><dl> 3956 </p>
3957 <dl>
2921 <dt>Returns:</dt> 3958 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2922 <dd> 3959 <dd>
2923 flag indicating the availability of dynamic auto-completion 3960 flag indicating the availability of dynamic auto-completion
2924 (boolean) 3961 (boolean)
2925 </dd> 3962 </dd>
2926 </dl><a NAME="Editor.cancelSharedEdit" ID="Editor.cancelSharedEdit"></a> 3963 </dl>
3964 <a NAME="Editor.cancelSharedEdit" ID="Editor.cancelSharedEdit"></a>
2927 <h4>Editor.cancelSharedEdit</h4> 3965 <h4>Editor.cancelSharedEdit</h4>
2928 <b>cancelSharedEdit</b>(<i>send=True</i>) 3966 <b>cancelSharedEdit</b>(<i>send=True</i>)
3967
2929 <p> 3968 <p>
2930 Public slot to cancel a shared edit session for the editor. 3969 Public slot to cancel a shared edit session for the editor.
2931 </p><dl> 3970 </p>
3971 <dl>
3972
2932 <dt><i>send=</i></dt> 3973 <dt><i>send=</i></dt>
2933 <dd> 3974 <dd>
2934 flag indicating to send the CancelEdit command (boolean) 3975 flag indicating to send the CancelEdit command (boolean)
2935 </dd> 3976 </dd>
2936 </dl><a NAME="Editor.changeEvent" ID="Editor.changeEvent"></a> 3977 </dl>
3978 <a NAME="Editor.changeEvent" ID="Editor.changeEvent"></a>
2937 <h4>Editor.changeEvent</h4> 3979 <h4>Editor.changeEvent</h4>
2938 <b>changeEvent</b>(<i>evt</i>) 3980 <b>changeEvent</b>(<i>evt</i>)
3981
2939 <p> 3982 <p>
2940 Protected method called to process an event. 3983 Protected method called to process an event.
2941 </p><p> 3984 </p>
3985 <p>
2942 This implements special handling for the events showMaximized, 3986 This implements special handling for the events showMaximized,
2943 showMinimized and showNormal. The windows caption is shortened 3987 showMinimized and showNormal. The windows caption is shortened
2944 for the minimized mode and reset to the full filename for the 3988 for the minimized mode and reset to the full filename for the
2945 other modes. This is to make the editor windows work nicer 3989 other modes. This is to make the editor windows work nicer
2946 with the QWorkspace. 3990 with the QWorkspace.
2947 </p><dl> 3991 </p>
3992 <dl>
3993
2948 <dt><i>evt</i></dt> 3994 <dt><i>evt</i></dt>
2949 <dd> 3995 <dd>
2950 the event, that was generated (QEvent) 3996 the event, that was generated (QEvent)
2951 </dd> 3997 </dd>
2952 </dl><a NAME="Editor.checkDirty" ID="Editor.checkDirty"></a> 3998 </dl>
3999 <a NAME="Editor.checkDirty" ID="Editor.checkDirty"></a>
2953 <h4>Editor.checkDirty</h4> 4000 <h4>Editor.checkDirty</h4>
2954 <b>checkDirty</b>(<i></i>) 4001 <b>checkDirty</b>(<i></i>)
4002
2955 <p> 4003 <p>
2956 Public method to check dirty status and open a message window. 4004 Public method to check dirty status and open a message window.
2957 </p><dl> 4005 </p>
4006 <dl>
2958 <dt>Returns:</dt> 4007 <dt>Returns:</dt>
2959 <dd> 4008 <dd>
2960 flag indicating successful reset of the dirty flag (boolean) 4009 flag indicating successful reset of the dirty flag (boolean)
2961 </dd> 4010 </dd>
2962 </dl><a NAME="Editor.checkSpelling" ID="Editor.checkSpelling"></a> 4011 </dl>
4012 <a NAME="Editor.checkSpelling" ID="Editor.checkSpelling"></a>
2963 <h4>Editor.checkSpelling</h4> 4013 <h4>Editor.checkSpelling</h4>
2964 <b>checkSpelling</b>(<i></i>) 4014 <b>checkSpelling</b>(<i></i>)
4015
2965 <p> 4016 <p>
2966 Public slot to perform an interactive spell check of the document. 4017 Public slot to perform an interactive spell check of the document.
2967 </p><a NAME="Editor.checkSyntax" ID="Editor.checkSyntax"></a> 4018 </p>
4019 <a NAME="Editor.checkSyntax" ID="Editor.checkSyntax"></a>
2968 <h4>Editor.checkSyntax</h4> 4020 <h4>Editor.checkSyntax</h4>
2969 <b>checkSyntax</b>(<i></i>) 4021 <b>checkSyntax</b>(<i></i>)
4022
2970 <p> 4023 <p>
2971 Public method to perform an automatic syntax check of the file. 4024 Public method to perform an automatic syntax check of the file.
2972 </p><a NAME="Editor.clearAllHighlights" ID="Editor.clearAllHighlights"></a> 4025 </p>
4026 <a NAME="Editor.clearAllHighlights" ID="Editor.clearAllHighlights"></a>
2973 <h4>Editor.clearAllHighlights</h4> 4027 <h4>Editor.clearAllHighlights</h4>
2974 <b>clearAllHighlights</b>(<i></i>) 4028 <b>clearAllHighlights</b>(<i></i>)
4029
2975 <p> 4030 <p>
2976 Public method to clear all highlights. 4031 Public method to clear all highlights.
2977 </p><a NAME="Editor.clearBookmarks" ID="Editor.clearBookmarks"></a> 4032 </p>
4033 <a NAME="Editor.clearBookmarks" ID="Editor.clearBookmarks"></a>